WO2026009992A1 - Development device - Google Patents
Development deviceInfo
- Publication number
- WO2026009992A1 WO2026009992A1 PCT/JP2025/080099 JP2025080099W WO2026009992A1 WO 2026009992 A1 WO2026009992 A1 WO 2026009992A1 JP 2025080099 W JP2025080099 W JP 2025080099W WO 2026009992 A1 WO2026009992 A1 WO 2026009992A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- pole
- developing
- flux density
- magnetic flux
- rotating body
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Definitions
- the present invention aims to provide a configuration that can simultaneously suppress streak-like fogging and carrier adhesion.
- the developing device satisfies ⁇ 1 > ⁇ 2, where ⁇ 1 [°] is the angle in the rotational direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is greatest and is greater than the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole, to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor, and ⁇ 2 [°] is the angle in the rotational direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment.
- Figure 17 is a graph showing the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller for Examples 1 and 3 and Comparative Example 2.
- Figure 18 is a graph showing the distribution of the tangential component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller for Examples 1 and 3 and Comparative Example 2.
- Figure 19 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Example 4.
- the second developing roller 31 is a rotationally driven developer carrier, and is positioned downstream of the first developing roller 30 in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y, with the center of rotation O2 of the second developing roller 31 positioned vertically above the center of rotation O1 of the first developing roller 30; developer is transferred from the first developing roller 30 by magnetic force ( Figure 2).
- the entire second developing roller 31 is positioned above the center of rotation O1 of the first developing roller 30.
- the second developing roller 31 is positioned adjacent to the photosensitive drum 28Y with its rotational axis approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, the rotational axes of the second developing roller 31 and the first developing roller 30 are approximately parallel to each other.
- the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 is the same clockwise direction as the first sleeve 33, as shown by the arrow in Figure 2, and in this embodiment, it is the opposite direction to the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, the second sleeve 34 and the photosensitive drum 28Y rotate in the same direction when they are positioned opposite each other. Furthermore, the second sleeve 34 and the first sleeve 33 rotate in opposite directions when they are positioned opposite each other.
- the peeling roller 32 which serves as a peeling unit, is positioned on the opposite side of the photosensitive drum 28Y from the center of rotation of the second sleeve 34, and peels the developer from the second developing roller 31 after the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum 28Y has been developed by the second developing roller 31.
- the peeling roller 32 is a developer carrier that is driven to rotate, and is positioned between the second developing roller 31 and the developer recovery screw 44 so that its center of rotation is above the center of rotation R of the second developing roller 31.
- the peeling roller 32 is positioned so that its rotational axis is approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the second developing roller 31.
- Such a peeling roller 32 has a rotating third sleeve 35 and a third magnet (fixed magnet) 38 that is non-rotatingly positioned inside the third sleeve 35 and that uses magnetic force to attract developer to the surface of the third sleeve 35, and is configured to transfer developer from the second developing roller 31 based on magnetic force.
- the third sleeve 35 is a non-magnetic cylindrical member with an outer diameter of 18 mm (radius 9 mm) and is driven to rotate around the rotation axis 41.
- the rotation direction of the third sleeve 35 is counterclockwise as shown by the arrow in Figure 2, which is the opposite direction to the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 in this embodiment. Therefore, the third sleeve 35 and the second sleeve 34 rotate in the same direction while facing each other.
- the third magnet 38 is disposed inside the third sleeve 35 and has a plurality of magnetic poles 301-305, as shown in Figure 5.
- the solid lines of the magnetic poles 301-305 shown in Figure 5 indicate the positions of the maximum values (peak positions, pole positions) of the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the third magnet 38.
- a space is disposed between the inner circumference of the third sleeve 35 and the outer circumference of the third magnet 38 to allow rotation of the third sleeve 35.
- the developer attracted to the third sleeve 35 is carried and transported downstream in the direction of rotation by the rotation of the third sleeve 35, and is peeled off from the third sleeve 35 by the third magnet 38 contained within the peeling roller 32 at a position close to the developer recovery screw 44, and falls under its own weight toward the guide member 45 located vertically below.
- the developer that has fallen onto the guide member 45 is then guided under its own weight toward the developer recovery screw 44.
- the guide member 45 and developer recovery screw 44 constitute the developer recovery section 47, which serves as a recovery section for recovering developer peeled off from the third sleeve 35 on the peeling roller 32.
- the developer recovery screw 44 is positioned so that its center of rotation is positioned lower than the center of rotation of the peeling roller 32 in the vertical direction, and transports the developer handed over (recovered) from the peeling roller 32 while stirring it.
- the guide member 45 which serves as a guide, is positioned vertically below the peeling roller 32 and guides the developer peeled off by the peeling roller 32 toward the developer recovery screw 44.
- This guide member 45 has a slope 45a along which the developer slides down under its own weight, to more reliably guide the peeled developer toward the developer recovery screw 44.
- the slope 45a is inclined relative to the horizontal direction so that the developer recovery screw 44 side is lower than the position below the peeling roller 32.
- the developer recovery screw 44 which serves as a recovery member and transport unit, transports the recovered developer to the developer circulation unit 46, which will be described next.
- the developer recovery screw 44 is a screw transport member used to transport the recovered developer in one direction while stirring it as it slides down the slope of the guide member 45.
- the developer circulation unit 46 is a supply unit for supplying developer to the first developing roller 30, and includes a regulating member 50, a developer supply screw 42, and a developer stirring screw 43.
- the developer circulation unit 46 the developer is stirred within the developer supply screw 42 and the developer stirring screw 43 while being transported in a substantially horizontal direction and supplied to the first developing roller 30. Also, as described above, the developer collected by the developer collection unit 47 falls under its own weight and is introduced into the developer circulation unit 46.
- the developer supply screw 42, developer stirring screw 43, and developer recovery screw 44 are screw transport members that transport the developer in one direction while stirring it, and the developer supply screw 42 and developer stirring screw 43 are located vertically below the developer recovery screw 44. Furthermore, the developer supply screw 42, developer stirring screw 43, and developer recovery screw 44 are arranged so that their rotational axes are approximately parallel to each other. The rotational axis of each of these screws is also approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the first developing roller 30.
- the developer supply screw 42 is located between the first developing roller 30 and the developer agitation screw 43, and the partition wall 48 of the developer container 60 is arranged between the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43.
- the partition wall 48 of the developer container 60 extends along the rotational axis of the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43.
- the partition wall 48 is provided with a communication opening (not shown) that connects the first transport path 61, through which the developer is transported by the developer supply screw 42, and the second transport path 62, through which the developer is transported by the developer agitation screw 43.
- the developer stirred by the developer recovery screw 44 passes through a communication port (not shown) formed in the partition 63 of the developer container 60 between the developer recovery screw 44 and the developer supply screw 42, and falls under its own weight toward the developer supply screw 42.
- the guide member 45 mentioned above is formed integrally with the partition 63, and the developer recovery screw 44 is positioned above the partition 63.
- the position of the communication port through which the developer stirred by the developer recovery screw 44 falls under its own weight and is introduced into the developer circulation section 46 is preferably positioned to avoid the area where the developer is supplied toward the first developing roller 30 (the middle part in the direction of the rotational axis of the developer supply screw 42).
- the communication port is positioned within the range of the downstream end (terminal end) in the developer transport direction of the first transport path 61 in which the developer supply screw 42 is located.
- the developer transport directions of the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43 are opposite to each other.
- the start side (upstream end in the developer transport direction) and end side (downstream end in the developer transport direction) of the first transport path 61 in which the developer supply screw 42 is arranged are connected to the end side and start side of the second transport path 62 in which the developer agitation screw 43 is arranged via a communication port provided in the partition wall 48. Therefore, the developer circulates in the rotation direction of the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43 indicated by the arrows in Figure 2, and also in a substantially horizontal direction within the developing container 60, and a portion of it is supplied toward the first developing roller 30.
- the developer supply port 51 (see Figure 2) is located above the developer stirring screw 43 in the developer container 60 and is connected to the developer storage unit 27Y (see Figure 1).
- the developer supply port 51 is configured to be able to supply developer stored in a bottle loaded in the developer storage unit 27Y to the second conveying path 62 in which the developer stirring screw 43 is located.
- the toner weight ratio of the developer stored in the bottle of developer storage unit 27Y is greater than the toner weight ratio of the developer in developing device 1Y, so by adjusting the developer supplied to the developer stirring screw 43, it is possible to maintain a constant toner weight ratio of the developer in developing device 1Y.
- the toner concentration detection sensor 49 (see Figure 2) is arranged to detect the toner concentration in the developer contained in the developer circulation unit 46.
- the toner concentration detection sensor 49 is a sensor that detects the magnetic permeability of the developer.
- the toner concentration corresponds to the amount of toner consumed in the developing device 1Y, and is therefore used to control the replenishment of developer from the developer storage unit 27Y. For example, when it is detected that the toner concentration has dropped below a predetermined value, developer is replenished from the developer storage unit 27Y. Note that the magnetic permeability of the developer changes depending on the toner concentration, so it is possible to detect the toner concentration using magnetic permeability.
- the regulating member 50 is positioned adjacent to the first developing roller 30 and is used to regulate the amount of developer supplied to the first developing roller 30 from the developer circulating section 46.
- the regulating member 50 can be configured to regulate the amount of developer attracted to the first developing roller 30, for example, based on the gap between the surface of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30 and the end of the regulating member 50.
- the developer circulation path within the developer container 60 is such that the developer is transported in a substantially horizontal direction while being agitated in the developer circulation section 46, and then supplied to the first developing roller 30, from which it is transferred by magnetic force to the second developing roller 31 above. Next, the developer is transferred again by magnetic force from the second developing roller 31 to the peeling roller 32 on the side of the second developing roller 31, and then peeled off from the peeling roller 32 by the third magnet 38 contained within the peeling roller 32, and then collected in the developer collection section 47 and introduced back into the developer circulation section 46.
- this embodiment uses a two-component development method, and the developer is a mixture of negatively charged non-magnetic toner and magnetic carrier.
- the non-magnetic toner becomes negatively charged due to friction with the magnetic carrier, while the magnetic carrier becomes positively charged.
- the non-magnetic toner is made by incorporating colorants, wax components, etc. into resins such as polyester or styrene acrylic, which are then ground or polymerized into powder, with fine powders such as titanium oxide or silica added to the surface.
- the magnetic carrier is made by coating the surface of a core made of resin particles kneaded with ferrite particles or magnetic powder. In this embodiment, the initial toner concentration in the developer (weight ratio of toner contained in the developer) is 8%.
- the magnetic carrier have a magnetization amount per unit weight of 40 Am 2 /kg or more and 80 Am 2 /kg or less when an applied magnetic field of 1000 oersted (79577 A/m) is applied. Reducing the magnetization amount of the magnetic carrier has the effect of suppressing scavenging by the magnetic brush, but it also makes it difficult for the magnetic carrier to adhere to the non-magnetic sleeve due to the magnet inside the developing roller, which may result in image defects such as magnetic carrier adhesion to the photosensitive drum. Scavenging is a phenomenon in which the developed toner is scraped off by the magnetic carrier once development has been completed.
- the magnetization amount of the magnetic carrier is greater than the above range, image defects may occur due to the pressure of the magnetic brush, as described above.
- a magnetic carrier with a magnetization amount per unit weight of 63 Am 2 /kg was used.
- the magnetization amount of the magnetic carrier was measured using a vibration magnetic field type magnetic property automatic recording device BHV-30 manufactured by Riken Denshi Co., Ltd.
- the magnetic property value of the magnetic carrier was determined by creating an external magnetic field of 1000 oersted and determining the magnetization strength at that time.
- the magnetic carrier was packed in a cylindrical plastic container so that it was sufficiently dense. In this state, the magnetization moment was measured, and the actual weight when the sample was placed was measured to determine the magnetization strength ( Am2 /kg).
- two-component development systems using toner and carrier charge both to a predetermined polarity through frictional contact between the toner and carrier, which means that the toner is subjected to less stress than single-component development systems using a single-component developer.
- the amount of dirt (spent) adhering to the carrier surface increases, gradually reducing the carrier's ability to charge the toner. This results in problems such as fogging and toner scattering.
- this embodiment employs an ACR (Auto Carrier Refresh) system.
- the ACR system suppresses an increase in degraded carrier by gradually replenishing new developer from the developer storage unit 27Y into the developing device 1Y and gradually discharging developer with degraded charging performance from an outlet (not shown) of the developing device 1Y. This allows the degraded carrier in the developing device 1Y to be gradually replaced with new carrier, making it possible to maintain the charging performance of the carrier in the developing device 1Y at a substantially constant level.
- the first magnet 36 contained within the first developing roller 30 has a total of seven poles: multiple magnetic poles 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, and 107.
- magnetic pole 107 is a transfer pole for transferring developer from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31.
- the magnetic poles 101 to 107 are arranged in numerical order in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33.
- the solid lines of the magnetic poles 101 to 107 shown in Figure 3 represent the positions (pole positions) of the peak values (maximum values) of the magnitude of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first magnet 36 relative to the surface of the first sleeve 33 (magnetic flux density Br in the normal direction relative to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33; hereinafter, this may be simply referred to as "magnetic flux density Br" or "normal component Br").
- magnetic flux density Br magnetic flux density Br in the normal direction relative to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33
- Magnetic pole 107 which serves as a transfer pole, transfers developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34 by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31.
- magnetic pole 107 may be referred to as transfer pole 107.
- Magnetic pole 101 is a north pole and is used to attract developer supplied from the developer supply screw 42 onto the first sleeve 33.
- Magnetic poles 102, 103, 104, 105, and 106 are south, north, south, north, and south poles and are used to transport the developer attracted by magnetic pole 101 upward as the first sleeve 33 rotates.
- Magnetic pole 107 is a north pole and, as described above, transfers developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34, which faces the first sleeve 33, by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with magnetic pole 201 in the second magnet 37 contained within the second developing roller 31.
- a low magnetic force portion 110 having a lower magnetic force than the delivery pole 107 is formed by a repulsive magnetic field generated in cooperation between the delivery pole 107 and the magnetic pole 101, which is disposed downstream of the delivery pole 107 in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33 and has the same polarity as the delivery pole 107.
- This low magnetic force portion 110 promotes the transfer of developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34.
- the low magnetic force portion 110 may have a low magnetic force.
- the magnetic force normal component Br of the magnetic flux density
- the low magnetic force may be 5 mT or less. The same applies to the low magnetic force portion 210 of the second magnet 37 shown in FIG. 4 and the low magnetic force portion 310 of the third magnet 38 shown in FIG. 5.
- the second magnet 37 contained within the second developing roller 31 has a total of seven poles: multiple magnetic poles 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, and 207.
- magnetic pole 201 is a receiving pole that allows the second developing roller 31 to receive developer from the first developing roller 30.
- the magnetic poles 201 to 207 are arranged in numerical order in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34.
- the magnetic pole 201 serving as a receiving pole is a magnetic pole that receives and attracts developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34 by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with the magnetic pole 107 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30, and hereafter may be referred to as the receiving pole 201.
- the magnetic pole 207 is a magnetic pole that transfers developer from the second sleeve 34 to the third sleeve 35 by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with the third magnet 38 of the peeling roller 32.
- receiving pole 201 is an S pole, different in polarity from handover pole 107, and is used to attract developer from first developing roller 30 (first sleeve 33) onto second sleeve 34 as described above.
- Magnetic poles 202, 203, 204, 205, and 206 are N, S, N, S, and N poles, and are used to transport developer attracted by magnetic pole 201 upward as second sleeve 34 rotates.
- Magnetic pole 207 is an S pole, and transfers the developer after passing through the development area with photosensitive drum 28Y corresponding to magnetic pole 203 from second sleeve 34 to third sleeve 35, which faces second sleeve 34, by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with magnetic pole 303 in third magnet 38 contained within peeling roller 32.
- a low magnetic force portion 210 with a lower magnetic force than the magnetic pole 207 is formed by a repulsive magnetic field generated in cooperation between the magnetic pole 207, which is positioned upstream of the receiving pole 201 in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34 and has the same polarity as the receiving pole 201.
- This low magnetic force portion 210 promotes the transfer of developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34.
- the low magnetic force portion 210 prevents developer from being attracted to the closest part of the first sleeve 33 and second sleeve 34, thereby reducing the pressure applied to the developer.
- the third magnet 38 contained within the peeling roller 32 has multiple magnetic poles 301, 302, 303, 304, and 305.
- the magnetic poles 301 to 305 are arranged in numerical order in the rotational direction of the third sleeve 35.
- Magnetic pole 303 is an N pole opposite to magnetic pole 207, and is used to attract the developer peeled off from second sleeve 34 to third sleeve 35 as described above.
- Magnetic poles 301, 302, and 304 are N pole, S pole, and S pole, and are used to transport the developer on third sleeve 35 as third sleeve 35 rotates.
- magnetic pole 304 is used to transport the developer attracted by magnetic pole 303 downward as third sleeve 35 rotates.
- Magnetic pole 305 is an N pole and is a peeling pole used to peel off the developer attracted to third sleeve 35 from third sleeve 35 by a repulsive magnetic field generated in cooperation with magnetic pole 301 of the same polarity.
- FIG. 6 is a conceptual diagram illustrating the arrangement of the first developing roller 30, the second developing roller 31, and the photosensitive drum 28Y in this embodiment.
- the magnetic pole 105 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30 is an N pole and is positioned opposite the photosensitive drum 28Y across the first sleeve 33. This magnetic pole is used to develop the electrostatic latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- the magnetic pole 105 may be referred to as the first developing pole 105.
- the delivery pole 107 is located downstream of the first developing pole 105 in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33, has the same polarity as the first developing pole 105, and is used to deliver the developer from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31, as described above.
- the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30 has seven magnetic poles. This is intended to improve the quality of the output image.
- the magnetic chains of the developer formed by the magnetic force of the first developing pole 105 which is the magnetic pole facing the photosensitive drum 28Y via the first sleeve 33, are dense.
- the magnetic force of the first developing pole 105 is strengthened. By strengthening the magnetic force of the first developing pole 105, the magnetic carrier in the developer is more easily attracted to the surface of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30, making the magnetic chains denser.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole 105 is increased, or the change in magnetic flux density (differential with respect to distance) is increased.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first development pole 105 is increased to 150 mT or more, and the first magnet 36 has seven poles. This positions the magnetic poles (transport poles) 104 and 106 in a close area within 40° upstream and downstream of the first development pole 105 in the direction of rotation of the first sleeve 33, thereby increasing the change in magnetic flux density.
- the magnetic force of the first development pole 105 can be increased, the magnetic chains become denser, and higher quality output images can be achieved.
- a magnetic pole (first developing downstream pole, first downstream pole) 106 is arranged adjacent to the first developing pole 105 between the first developing pole 105 and the delivery pole 107, downstream of the first developing pole 105 in the developer transport direction. Furthermore, a magnetic pole (first developing upstream pole, first upstream pole) 104 is arranged adjacent to the first developing pole 105 upstream of the first developing pole 105 in the developer transport direction. In other words, the magnetic pole 106 is located adjacent to the downstream side of the first developing pole 105 and adjacent to the upstream side of the delivery pole 107 in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the first developing pole 105.
- the magnetic pole 106 may be referred to as the first developing downstream pole 106.
- the magnetic pole 104 is located adjacent to the upstream side of the first developing pole 105 in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the first developing pole 105.
- the magnetic pole 104 may be referred to as the first development upstream pole 104.
- the magnetic pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 is positioned approximately facing the photosensitive drum 28Y across the second sleeve 34. That is, the magnetic pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 is an S pole, is positioned facing the photosensitive drum 28Y across the second sleeve 34, and is a magnetic pole for developing the electrostatic latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- the magnetic pole 203 may be referred to as the second developing pole 203.
- the receiving pole 201 is positioned upstream of the second developing pole 203 in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34, has the same polarity as the second developing pole 203 but is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the delivery pole 107, and is a magnetic pole for the second developing roller 31 to receive developer from the first developing roller 30, as described above.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 is increased to 150 mT or more, and the second magnet 37 has seven poles.
- the magnetic poles (transport poles) 202 and 204 to be positioned in a close area within 40° upstream and downstream of the second developing pole 203 in the direction of rotation of the second sleeve 34, thereby increasing the change in magnetic flux density.
- the magnetic pole (second developing upstream pole, second upstream pole) 202 is positioned adjacent to the second developing pole 203 and the receiving pole 201, upstream of the second developing pole 203 in the developer transport direction.
- the magnetic pole (second developing downstream pole, second downstream pole) 204 is positioned adjacent to the second developing pole 203 downstream of the second developing pole 203 in the developer transport direction.
- the magnetic pole 202 is located adjacent to the upstream side of the second developing pole 203 and adjacent to the downstream side of the receiving pole 201 in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the second developing pole 203.
- the magnetic pole 202 may be referred to as the second developing upstream pole 202.
- the magnetic pole 204 is located adjacent to the downstream side of the second developing pole 203 in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the second developing pole 203.
- the magnetic pole 204 may be referred to as the second developing downstream pole 204.
- the first downstream developing pole 106 is provided between the first developing pole 105 and the delivery pole 107 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30, and the second upstream developing pole 202 is provided between the second developing pole 203 and the receiving pole 201 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31, there is a concern that image defects due to streaky fogging (abnormal images) may be more likely to occur. Streaky fogging (abnormal images) will now be explained.
- developer is transferred from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31 between the nearby delivery pole 107 of the first developing roller 30 and the receiving pole 201 of the second developing roller 31.
- the delivery pole 107 and the receiving pole 201 have opposite polarities, a magnetic field is formed between the magnetic poles 107, 201, causing the developer to move and be transferred from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31.
- the first downstream developing pole 106 when the first downstream developing pole 106 is positioned between the first developing pole 105 and the delivery pole 107 of the first developing roller 30, and the second upstream developing pole 202 is positioned between the second developing pole 203 and the delivery pole 201 of the second developing roller 31, the first downstream developing pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 and the second upstream developing pole 202 of the second developing roller 31 are composed of opposite poles, and a magnetic field is generated between the magnetic poles 106, 202. If the magnetic field between the magnetic poles 106, 202 causes the developer to move, the developer moving between the magnetic poles 106, 202 may come into contact with the photosensitive drum 28Y, potentially causing vertical streak-like fogging on the output image.
- Figures 7 and 8 are diagrams that schematically show the state of the magnetic field lines in the opposing area between the developing roller and photosensitive drum.
- the photosensitive drum and developing roller rotate in the directions indicated by the arrows, with magnetic pole S1 located upstream of developing pole N in the direction of rotation of the developing roller, and magnetic pole S2 located downstream of developing pole N.
- the developing rollers shown in Figures 7 and 8 correspond to the first developing roller 30 or second developing roller 31.
- Carrier adhesion is a phenomenon in which magnetic carrier adheres to the photosensitive drum 28Y and becomes apparent on the image. Carrier adhesion occurs when a negative charge is injected into the magnetic carrier in the developer due to the action of the development bias in the area where the first and second developing rollers 30, 31, and photosensitive drum 28Y face each other, causing the positively charged magnetic carrier to become negatively charged, the same polarity as the toner, and causing the magnetic carrier to fly to the photosensitive drum 28Y along with the toner.
- the magnetic carrier remains for a long time in the opposing region between the first and second developing rollers 30 and 31 and the photosensitive drum 28Y, negative charge injection into the magnetic carrier is promoted, making carrier adhesion more likely to occur.
- the ratio of the surface linear speed of the first and second sleeves 33 and 34 of the first and second developing rollers 30 and 31 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y is kept low at 1.0 to 1.2.
- the magnetic carrier remains for a long time in the opposing region between the first and second developing rollers 30 and 31 and the photosensitive drum 28Y, making negative charge injection into the magnetic carrier more likely to occur.
- the configuration of this embodiment requires greater attention to addressing carrier adhesion.
- the magnetic brush of the developer when the magnetic brush of the developer is in contact downstream in the direction of rotation of the photosensitive drum 28Y of the area where the photosensitive drum 28Y faces the first developing roller 30 and second developing roller 31, the magnetic carrier is more likely to remain on the photosensitive drum 28Y and carrier adhesion is more likely to occur. Therefore, by making the magnetic brush near each development pole of the first developing roller 30 and second developing roller 31 more likely to extend upstream and making the magnetic brush more likely to fold downstream, it is possible to make it less likely for the magnetic brush of the developer to come into contact downstream of the aforementioned facing area, making it less likely for carrier adhesion to occur.
- FIG. 7 shows the magnetic field lines when the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density is greater for the magnetic pole S2 located adjacent to the downstream side of the development pole N than for the magnetic pole S1 located adjacent to the upstream side of the development pole N. In this case, the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the development pole N that extend to the downstream magnetic pole S2 increases.
- the magnetic field lines from the development pole N bend upstream before extending to the downstream magnetic pole S2, making it easier for the magnetic wires near the development pole N to extend upstream.
- the magnetic wires extend upstream from the development pole N, they are more likely to come into contact with the photosensitive drum on the upstream side (the area surrounded by the dotted line in Figure 7) and less likely to come into contact on the downstream side, improving carrier adhesion.
- Figure 8 shows the state of the magnetic field lines when the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density is greater for the magnetic pole S1 located adjacent to the upstream side of the development pole N than for the magnetic pole S2 located adjacent to the downstream side of the development pole N.
- the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the development pole N that extend to the upstream magnetic pole S1 increases.
- the magnetic field lines from the development pole N extend downstream while wrapping around to the upstream magnetic pole S1, making it easier for the magnetic brush near the development pole N to extend downstream.
- the magnetic brush extends downstream from the development pole N, it is likely to come into contact with the photosensitive drum on the downstream side (the area surrounded by the dotted line in Figure 8), raising concerns that carrier adhesion may be more likely to occur.
- carrier adhesion is more likely to occur when the magnetic brush comes into contact with the photosensitive drum on the downstream side of the photosensitive drum is that the distance between the photosensitive drum and the development roller gradually increases downstream of the photosensitive drum, weakening the magnetic force that pulls back the magnetic carrier that has adhered to the photosensitive drum.
- Another reason is that the magnetic brush spends more time in contact with the photosensitive drum. This is explained in more detail below.
- the carrier adhesion countermeasures described using Figure 7 are applied to a configuration that includes two developing rollers that rotate in the same direction facing the photosensitive drum as described in Figure 6, and in which a transport pole is provided between the developing pole of each developing roller and the magnetic pole in the transfer area, it is advantageous to increase the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30.
- the magnetic poles in the transfer area are the transfer pole 107 of the first developing roller 30 and the receiving pole 201 of the second developing roller 31.
- the transport poles between the developing poles of each developing roller and the magnetic poles in the transfer area are the first developing downstream pole 106 located between the first developing pole 105 and the transfer pole 107 on the first developing roller 30, and the second developing upstream pole 202 located between the second developing pole 203 and the receiving pole 201 on the second developing roller 31. That is, when trying to take measures against carrier adhesion with the configuration described in FIG. 6, it is best to increase the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 downstream of the first developing pole 105 of the first developing roller 30, as described in FIG. 7.
- Figure 9 shows a schematic configuration of the area surrounding the photosensitive drum 28Y where the first developing pole 105 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30 and the second developing pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 face each other. Note that some of the magnetic poles have been omitted to avoid clutter.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first and second downstream developing poles 106, 204 is greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first and second upstream developing poles 104, 202 for the first developing pole 105 of the first developing roller 30 and the second developing pole 203 of the second developing roller 31.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first downstream developing pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 is large, a magnetic field is more likely to be formed between the first downstream developing pole 106 and the second upstream developing pole 202 of the second developing roller 31, raising concerns that streaky fogging may occur as the developer moves between the two magnetic poles 106, 202.
- this embodiment is configured as follows. First, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is made larger than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106. Furthermore, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 is made larger than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202. Furthermore, in the second developing roller 31, the line connecting the position (peak position) on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 203 is maximum and the rotation center O2 of the second sleeve 34 is designated as line L2.
- the line connecting the position (peak position) on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 is maximum and the rotation center O2 of the second sleeve 34 is designated as line L21.
- the angle (acute angle) formed by line L2 and line L21 is defined as ⁇ 1 [°].
- ⁇ 1 is the angle in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum.
- line L22 is the line connecting the position (peak position) on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is maximum and the rotation center O2 of the second sleeve 34.
- the angle (acute angle) formed by line L2 and line L22 is defined as ⁇ 2 [°].
- ⁇ 2 is the angle in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum.
- ⁇ 1 > ⁇ 2 is satisfied.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set to be greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing upstream pole 202 of the second magnet 37.
- the magnetic chains near the second developing pole 203 tend to extend toward the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, and as a result, carrier adhesion is less likely to occur.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first developing downstream pole 106 is set smaller than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36. In this way, it is possible to keep the absolute values of the magnetic flux density Br of both the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202 low. This makes it difficult for a magnetic field to be formed between the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 and the second developing upstream pole 202 of the second developing roller 31, and reduces the occurrence of streaky fogging due to the movement of developer between the magnetic poles 106, 202.
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is made smaller than the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202.
- angle ⁇ 2 is made smaller than angle ⁇ 1
- the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 extend more toward the second developing downstream pole 204, which is closer than the second developing upstream pole 202.
- the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 extend downstream while winding around further upstream, making it easier for the magnetic wires formed by the second developing pole 203 to extend further upstream, making it less likely for these magnetic wires to come into contact downstream in the direction of rotation of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is small, the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 will quickly move toward the second developing downstream pole 204 downstream of the second developing pole 203. As a result, the magnetic chain formed by the second developing pole 203 is quickly folded on the downstream side, making it more difficult for the magnetic chains to come into contact downstream in the direction of rotation of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second downstream developing pole 204 is made greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second upstream developing pole 202.
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second downstream developing pole 204 and the second upstream developing pole 202 is made smaller than the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the second upstream developing pole 203 and the second downstream developing pole 204. While making the angle ⁇ 2 smaller than the angle ⁇ 1 is effective, it is preferable to make it smaller by 2° or more to achieve a greater effect, and even more preferably by 3° or more. That is, it is preferable to satisfy the relationship 2° ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2, and more preferably 3° ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2.
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second downstream developing pole 204 be at least half the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second upstream developing pole 203 ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1/2). If the angle ⁇ 2 is too small, the peak position of the second developing downstream pole 204 becomes too close to the peak position of the second developing pole 203, and the volume of the magnet (piece of the second magnet 37) that contributes to the magnetic field formation of the second developing pole 203 becomes small, making it difficult to generate a magnetic field, which raises concerns that carrier adhesion may be more likely to occur due to the second developing roller 31. With the above-described configuration, this embodiment can achieve both suppression of streak-like fogging and suppression of carrier adhesion. [Relationship between half-value widths]
- the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 is preferably larger than the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202.
- the half-width is the angle of the portion where the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole is half its peak value. To distinguish it from the half-width, it is sometimes called the full-width at half maximum, but in this specification, the half-width refers to the full-width at half maximum.
- This configuration can more reliably increase the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second downstream developing pole 203 that extend to the second downstream developing pole 204, thereby improving carrier adhesion.
- the half-width is preferably 3° or more larger than the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202, and more preferably 5° or more larger.
- the peak position of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 of the second developing roller 31 is set at a position approximately facing the photosensitive drum 28Y. More specifically, the peak position of the second developing pole 203 is positioned upstream in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y from the facing position where the photosensitive drum 28Y and the second developing roller 31 are closest to each other (dashed line L23 connecting the center of the photosensitive drum 28Y and the center of the second developing roller 31 in Figure 9).
- the position on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 is maximum is located upstream in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position where the second sleeve 34 is closest to the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- This configuration allows the magnetic chains extending from the second developing pole 203 to extend further upstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y, more reliably improving carrier adhesion.
- the second developing pole 203 be positioned approximately facing the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, it is preferable to position the peak position of the second developing pole 203 within 10°, preferably within 5°, and more preferably within 3° upstream of the opposing position of the photosensitive drum 28Y and the second developing roller 31.
- the angle (acute angle) formed by the line L2 connecting the peak position of the second developing pole 203 and the center of rotation O2 of the second sleeve and the line L23 connecting the closest position of the second sleeve 34 to the photosensitive drum 28Y and the center of rotation O2 of the second sleeve 34 is preferably 10° or less.
- the angle (acute angle) formed by the line L2 and the line L23 is more preferably 5° or less, and even more preferably 3° or less.
- the ratio of the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 of the second developing roller 31 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y is set to 1.2, which is larger than the ratio of the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y, which is 1.0.
- the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 is faster than the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33.
- the reason why the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 is suppressed to prevent toner degradation is as follows. As shown in Figure 2, a regulating member 50 faces the first sleeve 33, and when this regulating member 50 regulates the amount of developer coated on the first sleeve 33, shear is applied to the developer, leading to toner degradation. If the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 can be suppressed, the frequency with which the developer is subjected to shear can be reduced, making it possible to prevent toner degradation.
- the second sleeve 34 of the second developing roller 31 receives developer from the first sleeve 33, and therefore does not face the regulating member 50 as does the first sleeve 33. For this reason, even if the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 is increased, toner degradation is less likely to occur as occurs when the linear speed of the first sleeve 33 is increased. Therefore, in this embodiment, the ratio of the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y is set to 1.2, which is higher than the ratio of the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y, which is 1.0. Increasing the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 suppresses the injection of negative charge into the magnetic carrier, making it possible to further improve carrier adhesion.
- the linear velocity ratio of the second sleeve 34 to the first sleeve 33 is made greater than 1.3, the amount of developer coated per unit area of the second sleeve will decrease, and the magnetic chains will become too coarse, which may affect image quality, etc. For this reason, it is preferable that the linear velocity ratio of the second sleeve 34 to the first sleeve 33 be 1.3 or less.
- the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is made smaller than the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first developing roller 30. This makes it easier for carrier adhesion caused by the first developing roller 30 to occur, but makes it less likely for streaky fogging to occur.
- the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 is preferably smaller than the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104.
- This configuration further suppresses the magnetic field between the first downstream developing pole 106 and the second upstream developing pole 202, making it possible to further suppress the occurrence of streaky fogging. Taking into account manufacturing variations, it is more preferable to make it 3° or more smaller, and even more preferable to make it 5° or more smaller.
- the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 is preferably 3° or more smaller, and more preferably 5° or more smaller than the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104.
- the magnetic brush is more likely to face downstream.
- the time the magnetic brush is in contact with the photosensitive drum 28Y increases, increasing the time for toner development on the photosensitive drum 28Y, which has the advantage of being beneficial to developability.
- the above configuration is effective when, as in this embodiment, there is a concern that reduced developability may result from suppressing the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 to prevent toner degradation.
- the line connecting the position (peak position) on the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 is maximum and the rotation center O1 of the first sleeve 33 is defined as line L1.
- the line connecting the position (peak position) on the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 is maximum and the rotation center O1 of the first sleeve 33 is defined as line L11.
- the angle (acute angle) formed by lines L1 and L21 is defined as ⁇ 1 [°].
- ⁇ 1 is the angle in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum.
- line L12 is the line connecting the position on the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is maximum (peak position) and the rotation center O1 of the first sleeve 33.
- the angle (acute angle) between line L1 and line L12 is ⁇ 2 [°].
- ⁇ 2 is the angle in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33 from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum.
- ⁇ 1 > ⁇ 2 is satisfied.
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 is smaller than the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36.
- This configuration increases the distance between the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202. This makes it difficult for a magnetic field to be generated between the magnetic poles 105 and 202, suppressing the movement of developer between the magnetic poles 105 and 202 and making it more difficult for streaky fogging to occur.
- angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 is preferably set to 40° or less ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 40°), more preferably 35° or less ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 35°).
- angle ⁇ 2 is preferably set to 15° or greater (15° ⁇ 2), and more preferably 20° or greater (20° ⁇ 2).
- angle ⁇ 2 preferably satisfies 15° ⁇ 2 ⁇ 40°, and more preferably satisfies 20° ⁇ 2 ⁇ 35°.
- the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first development pole 105 and the first development upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36 is preferably 25° or greater (25° ⁇ 1), and more preferably 30° or greater (30° ⁇ 1).
- the angle ⁇ 1 is made too large, there is a risk that the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the first development pole 105 that extend to the first development upstream pole 104 will decrease.
- the angle ⁇ 1 is preferably 50° or less ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 50°), and more preferably 45° or less ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 45°).
- the angle ⁇ 1 preferably satisfies 25° ⁇ 1 ⁇ 50°, and more preferably satisfies 30° ⁇ 1 ⁇ 45°.
- the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 is set to be 10 mT or more larger than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106. It is more preferable to set it to be 15 mT or more larger, and even more preferable to set it to be 20 mT or more larger. That is, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is preferably 10 mT or more greater than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106, more preferably 15 mT or more greater, and even more preferably 20 mT or more greater.
- the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each of the magnetic poles 104 and 106 it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 to 30 mT or more, thereby satisfying the above-mentioned relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the first downstream developing pole 106.
- the absolute value of the difference between the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 is preferably kept within 100 mT, more preferably within 50 mT.
- the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each of the magnetic poles 104, 105, and 106 is preferable to keep the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each of the magnetic poles 104, 105, and 106 to 200 mT or less, so as to satisfy the magnitude relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the first downstream developing pole 106.
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density may be simply referred to as the absolute value
- Comparative Example 1 has the same configuration as the Examples except for the items described below.
- FIG. 10(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Comparative Example 1
- FIG. 10(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Comparative Example 1.
- FIG. 11(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 1
- FIG. 11(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 1.
- FIG. 12(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 2
- FIG. 12(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 2.
- 10(a), 11(a), and 12(a) schematically show, with a solid line, the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density (magnetic flux density Br in the direction normal to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33) on the first sleeve 33 due to the first magnet 36, and with a dashed line, the distribution of the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density (magnetic flux density B ⁇ in the direction tangential to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33). Also, in FIGS.
- the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density refers to the component of the magnetic flux density B normal to the first sleeve 33 and the second sleeve 34 (magnetic flux density in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surfaces of the first and second rotating bodies).
- the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnet was measured using a magnetic field measuring device (F.W. BELL MS-9902) with the distance between the probe, a component of the magnetic field measuring device, and the surface of the first sleeve 33 and the second sleeve 34 set at approximately 100 ⁇ m.
- the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density refers to the tangential component of the magnetic flux density B with respect to the first sleeve 33 and the second sleeve 34 (the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction with respect to the outer circumferential surfaces of the first rotating body and the second rotating body).
- the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density can be calculated from the following equation 1 using the value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density.
- Table 1 below shows the absolute value
- the first magnet 36 used in each of the first developing rollers 30 in Comparative Example 1, Examples 1, and 2 is the same, and all values are the same.
- Table 2 shows the absolute value
- Figure 13 shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density for Comparative Example 1, Example 1, and Example 2. Furthermore, Figure 14 shows the distribution of the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density for Comparative Example 1, Example 1, and Example 2.
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is greater than the absolute value
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 is smaller than the absolute value
- the magnetic flux density distributions of the first developing roller 30 in Examples 1 and 2 shown in Figures 11(a), 12(a) and Table 1 and the magnetic flux density distributions of the second developing roller 31 in Examples 1 and 2 shown in Figures 11(b), 12(b) and Table 2, are similar to those in Comparative Example 1. Therefore, in Examples 1 and 2 as well, it is possible to keep low the absolute value
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202 at 100 mT or less, and more preferably 90 mT or less.
- a value less than 20 mT may affect the transportability of the developer, it is preferable to keep it at 20 mT or more.
- Comparative Example 1 if the absolute value
- the developer to contact the opposing portion of the developing pole facing the sleeve on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, but not on the downstream side.
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 is made smaller than the absolute value
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is smaller than the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202.
- a greater proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 extend to the second developing downstream pole 204, making it easier for the magnetic wires to contact the opposing portion of the second developing pole 203 facing the second sleeve 34 on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- Example 1 carrier adhesion on the first developing roller 30 can be sufficiently recovered by the second developing roller 31. As a result, the configuration of Example 1 is able to simultaneously suppress the occurrence of streak-like fogging and carrier adhesion.
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second downstream developing pole 204 is limit to 30° or less ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 30°), and more preferably 28° or less ( ⁇ 2 ⁇ 28°).
- This configuration effectively prevents contact of the magnetic brush on the downstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y with the opposing portion of the second developing pole 203 facing the second sleeve 34.
- the angle ⁇ 2 is less than 15°, it becomes difficult to ensure sufficient volume for the magnets (pieces of the second magnet 37) that contribute to the magnetic field formation of each magnetic pole, raising concerns that sufficient magnetic flux density may not be ensured.
- the angle ⁇ 2 it is preferable to set the angle ⁇ 2 to 15° or more (15° ⁇ 2), and more preferably 20° or more (20° ⁇ 2). In summary, it is preferable for the angle ⁇ 2 to satisfy 15° ⁇ 2 ⁇ 30°, and even more preferable for it to satisfy 20° ⁇ 2 ⁇ 28°.
- the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202 is made too large, the second developing upstream pole 202 will move closer to the first developing downstream pole 106, which is unfavorable for the occurrence of streaky fogging. For this reason, it is preferable to keep the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202 to 35° or less ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 35°), and more preferably 30° or less ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 30°).
- the angle ⁇ 1 is set to 15° or more (15° ⁇ 1), and more preferably 20° or more (20° ⁇ 1). In summary, it is preferable for the angle ⁇ 1 to satisfy 15° ⁇ 1 ⁇ 35°, and even more preferably 20° ⁇ 1 ⁇ 30°.
- Example 2 The magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 in Example 2, shown in Figures 12(b), 13, and Table 2, has a larger absolute value
- the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extend to the second developing downstream pole 204 is greater than in Example 1, making it easier for the magnetic wires to contact the opposing portion of the second developing pole 203 facing the second sleeve 34 on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, thereby further suppressing the occurrence of carrier adhesion.
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 10 mT or more greater than the absolute value
- the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole 202, 204 it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole 202, 204 to 20 mT or more. Therefore, it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 to 30 mT or more, thereby satisfying the above-mentioned relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second downstream developing pole 204.
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set to be 20 mT or more greater than the absolute value
- the absolute value of the difference between the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 and the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is preferably kept within 100 mT, and more preferably within 50 mT. Furthermore, considering manufacturing stability and costs, it is preferable to limit the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole 202, 203, 204 to 200 mT or less, and to satisfy the magnitude relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second downstream developing pole 204 described above.
- the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extend to the second developing downstream pole 204 is primarily determined by the relationship between the maximum absolute value
- of the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set larger than the maximum value
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is set smaller than the angle ⁇ 1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202.
- the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set larger than the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202.
- the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 to the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204 can be predicted from the distribution of the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density.
- Figures 10(b), 11(b), 12(b), 13 and 14 show the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31.
- peaks B ⁇ 2-1 and B ⁇ 2-2 of the tangential component B ⁇ there are peaks (maximum values) B ⁇ 2-1 and B ⁇ 2-2 of the tangential component B ⁇ . It is believed that the larger the peak of the tangential component B ⁇ , the more magnetic field lines there are.
- Table 3 shows the absolute values
- Table 3 also shows the ratio
- is the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 in the section in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum.
- is the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 in the section in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 204 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum.
- Comparative Example 1 In Comparative Example 1,
- the absolute value of the magnitude at which the tangential component of the magnetic flux density between the second downstream developing pole 203 and the second downstream developing pole 204 reaches its maximum (peak) in the direction of rotation of the second sleeve 34 is defined as
- ⁇ 1.1 should be satisfied. It is also preferable to satisfy
- is, the greater the effect of suppressing carrier adhesion, but it is not preferable for it to be 10.0 or more in terms of developer transport balance. Therefore, it is preferable to satisfy
- Figure 15(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 3
- Figure 15(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 3.
- Figure 16(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Comparative Example 2
- Figure 16(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Comparative Example 2.
- Table 4 shows the absolute value
- Table 5 shows the absolute value
- the second magnet 37 used in each second developing roller 31 in Example 3 and Comparative Example 2 is the same as that in Example 1, and all values are the same.
- Figures 15(a) and 16(a) show the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30.
- Peaks (maximum values) B ⁇ 1-1 and B ⁇ 1-2 of the tangential component B ⁇ are present between the peak positions of the normal component Br between the first developing pole 105 and the first developing upstream pole 104 and the first developing downstream pole 106.
- the left side of Table 3 and the following Table 6 show the absolute values
- is the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer surface of the first sleeve 33 in the section in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33 from the position on the outer surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 in the normal direction to the outer surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum to the position on the outer surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 in the normal direction to the outer surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum.
- is the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 in the section in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole downstream 106 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum.
- Tables 3 and 6 also show the ratio of the absolute value of the upstream peak to the absolute value of the downstream peak,
- the right side of Table 6 also shows the absolute values
- Example 3 the absolute value
- Example 3 the absolute value
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is even larger than in Examples 1 and 3. This further increases concerns about the occurrence of streaky fog, and when images are actually formed with the configuration of Comparative Example 2, streaky fog sometimes occurred.
- the configuration of Comparative Example 2 does not maintain a configuration in which the absolute value
- of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is greater than 100 mT. This is thought to be why streaky fog occurred in Comparative Example 2.
- Comparative Example 2 was less likely to cause carrier adhesion compared to Examples 1 and 3, but the developability was reduced.
- ratio for Comparative Example 2 shown in Figure 18 and Table 6 is 0.96. This means that the proportion of magnetic field lines extending to the first downstream developing pole 106 is greater than the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first upstream developing pole 104 to the first downstream developing pole 105. This is thought to be why the magnetic chains tend to extend upstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y, preventing the developability benefits of the magnetic chains extending downstream, resulting in reduced developability.
- Figure 19(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 4
- Figure 19(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 4.
- Figure 19(a) schematically shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the first sleeve 33 due to the first magnet 36 using a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density using a dashed line.
- Figure 19(b) also schematically shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the second sleeve 34 due to the second magnet 37 using a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density using a dashed line.
- Table 7 shows the absolute value
- Figure 20 shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density in Examples 1 and 4. Furthermore, Figure 21 shows the distribution of the tangential component B ⁇ of the magnetic flux density in Examples 1 and 4.
- Table 8 shows the absolute value
- the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 in Example 4 is the same as that in Examples 1 and 3, and all values are the same. Therefore, similar to Examples 1 and 3, carrier adhesion is less likely to occur.
- Table 9 below shows the absolute values
- Table 9 also shows the absolute values
- Example 4 reduces the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 compared to Example 1 (see Tables 1 and 7).
- the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 is smaller than the angle ⁇ 2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 of the second developing roller 31 ( ⁇ 2 > ⁇ 2).
- the first developing downstream pole 106 is positioned away from the second developing upstream pole 202 compared to Example 1, which has the advantage of weakening the magnetic field between the two poles and further suppressing the occurrence of streaky fogging.
- Example 4 also maintains the developability benefits of the magnetic brush extending downstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
- the present invention is not limited to the configurations of the above-described embodiments.
- the image forming apparatus 100 is not limited to an MFP, but may also be a copier, printer, or facsimile machine.
- the configurations of the developer supply screw 42, developer stirring screw 43, and developer recovery screw 44 are not particularly limited as long as they are capable of transporting developer; for example, spiral blades or paddle-shaped blades can be applied.
- the first developing roller 30 is positioned upstream and the second developing roller 31 is positioned downstream with respect to the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y, but the same effect can be obtained even if the second developing roller 31 is positioned upstream and the first developing roller 30 is positioned downstream.
- the present invention provides a developing device that can simultaneously suppress streak-like fogging and carrier adhesion.
Landscapes
- Magnetic Brush Developing In Electrophotography (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、像担持体上に形成された静電潜像を現像剤により現像する現像装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a developing device that develops an electrostatic latent image formed on an image carrier using a developer.
トナーと磁性キャリアからなる二成分現像剤を用いる現像装置としては、現像ローラの内部に複数の磁極からなる磁石を備え、現像ローラ上に現像剤を担持し像担持体上に形成された静電潜像を現像する構成が一般的である。また、高画質化のために、7極以上の磁極を有する磁石を用いた構成も提案されている(特開2008−241997号公報)。このような構成では、磁石の複数の磁極のうち像担持体に対向して配置された現像極とその上下流の磁極との距離が近いことにより、磁気力が大きくなり、現像極近傍の像担持体に接触する磁気穂が緻密になり、高画質化が可能となる。 Developing devices that use a two-component developer made of toner and magnetic carrier typically have a configuration in which a magnet with multiple magnetic poles is installed inside a developing roller, and the developer is carried on the developing roller to develop an electrostatic latent image formed on an image carrier. To achieve higher image quality, a configuration using a magnet with seven or more magnetic poles has also been proposed (JP 2008-241997 A). In such a configuration, the distance between the developing pole facing the image carrier and the magnetic poles upstream and downstream of it is short, which increases the magnetic force and makes the magnetic brushes that come into contact with the image carrier near the developing pole denser, enabling higher image quality.
また、現像装置として、現像ローラを像担持体の回転方向に関して2本並べて配置した構成が提案されている(特開2013−254107号公報)。特開2013−254107号公報に記載された現像装置では、2本の現像ローラのうち、鉛直方向下方にある第1現像ローラに供給部から現像剤が供給され、鉛直方向上方にある第2現像ローラは下方にある第1現像ローラから現像剤が受け渡される構成となっている。 Furthermore, a developing device configuration has been proposed in which two developing rollers are arranged side by side in the direction of rotation of the image carrier (JP 2013-254107 A). In the developing device described in JP 2013-254107 A, of the two developing rollers, developer is supplied from a supply unit to the first developing roller, which is located vertically below, and developer is passed from the first developing roller, which is located vertically above, to the second developing roller, which is located vertically above.
特開2013−254107号公報のように2本の現像ローラを有する構成において、各現像ローラの磁石として特許文献1のように7極以上の磁極を有する磁石を用いようとした場合、例えば、以下のように磁石を構成することが考えられる。まず、第1現像ローラの現像極と、第1現像ローラから第2現像ローラに現像剤を受け渡す受渡極との間にもう一つ磁極(搬送極)を設ける。また、第2現像ローラの現像極と、第1現像ローラから第2現像ローラに現像剤を受け取る受取極との間にもう一つ磁極(搬送極)を設ける。このようにそれぞれの現像ローラに搬送極を追加することで、高画質化の効果がより得られる。 In a configuration with two developing rollers as in JP 2013-254107 A, if magnets with seven or more magnetic poles as in Patent Document 1 are to be used for each developing roller, it is possible to configure the magnets as follows, for example. First, another magnetic pole (transport pole) is provided between the developing pole of the first developing roller and the delivery pole that transfers the developer from the first developing roller to the second developing roller. Also, another magnetic pole (transport pole) is provided between the developing pole of the second developing roller and the receiving pole that receives the developer from the first developing roller to the second developing roller. By adding a transport pole to each developing roller in this way, the effect of improving image quality can be further achieved.
しかしながら、上記のように各現像ローラの現像極と受渡極又は受取極と間に新たに磁極(搬送極)を配置すると、第1現像ローラの搬送極及び第2現像ローラの搬送極は、互いに異極で構成されることになる。即ち、受渡極と受取極とが異極であるため、これに隣接するそれぞれの現像ローラの搬送極同士も異極となる。このため、それぞれの現像ローラの搬送極間で磁界が生じてしまう。この搬送極間の磁界によって、搬送極間で現像剤の移動が生じると、搬送極間で移動している現像剤が像担持体に接触し、出力画像上にスジ状のかぶりが発生してしまう。このようなスジ状のかぶりの発生を抑制するためには、各現像ローラの搬送極の磁束密度を小さくし、搬送極間に磁界が形成されにくくすることが有効である。 However, when a new magnetic pole (transport pole) is placed between the development pole and the delivery pole or receiving pole of each development roller as described above, the transport pole of the first development roller and the transport pole of the second development roller will be composed of opposite poles. In other words, because the delivery pole and receiving pole are opposite poles, the transport poles of each adjacent development roller will also be opposite poles. This causes a magnetic field to be generated between the transport poles of each development roller. If this magnetic field between the transport poles causes developer to move between the transport poles, the developer moving between the transport poles will come into contact with the image carrier, causing streaky fogging on the output image. In order to prevent this streaky fogging, it is effective to reduce the magnetic flux density of the transport pole of each development roller, making it more difficult for a magnetic field to form between the transport poles.
一方、像担持体上の静電潜像の現像時には、現像ローラ表面に現像剤の磁気穂を形成し、この磁気穂からトナーを感光ドラムに付着させることで静電潜像をトナーにより現像する。この際、磁気穂からキャリアが感光ドラムに付着する場合がある(以下、「キャリア付着」ともいう)。このキャリア付着が発生すると、出力画像上に小さい白抜け部が発生するなどの画像不良が発生する。キャリア付着に関しては、像担持体の現像ローラ対向部よりも回転方向下流側において現像剤の磁気穂が接触していると、像担持体上に磁性キャリアが残存しやすく、キャリア付着が発生しやすい。 When developing an electrostatic latent image on an image carrier, magnetic developer chains are formed on the surface of the developing roller, and toner is attached from these chains to the photosensitive drum, developing the electrostatic latent image with toner. During this process, carrier may adhere from the magnetic chains to the photosensitive drum (hereinafter referred to as "carrier adhesion"). When this carrier adhesion occurs, image defects such as small white areas appear on the output image occur. With regard to carrier adhesion, if the magnetic developer chains are in contact with the image carrier downstream of the portion facing the developing roller in the rotational direction, magnetic carrier is likely to remain on the image carrier, making carrier adhesion more likely.
このため、現像極付近の磁気穂が上流に伸びやすくし、下流側では磁気穂が素早く折りたたまれ、接触しづらくすることでキャリア付着を発生しにくくできる。現像極付近の磁気穂を上流に伸びやすくするためには、現像極の上流の磁極の磁束密度よりも現像極の下流の磁極の磁束密度を大きくするとよい。このようにすると、現像極から磁力線が上流に回り込みながら下流に伸びていくため、現像極付近の磁気穂を上流に伸びやすくすることができる。 As a result, the magnetic wires near the development pole are more likely to extend upstream, and on the downstream side, the magnetic wires are quickly folded, making contact less likely, and carrier adhesion is less likely to occur. To make it easier for the magnetic wires near the development pole to extend upstream, it is best to make the magnetic flux density of the magnetic pole downstream of the development pole greater than the magnetic flux density of the magnetic pole upstream of the development pole. In this way, the magnetic field lines from the development pole extend downstream while wrapping around upstream, making it easier for the magnetic wires near the development pole to extend upstream.
このようなキャリア付着対策を、先の各現像ローラの現像極と受渡極又は受取極の間に搬送極を設けた構成に適用する場合、第1現像ローラ及び第2現像ローラにおいて、現像極の上流の搬送極の磁束密度よりも現像極の下流の搬送極の磁束密度を大きくするとよい。しかしながら、上述したスジ状のかぶりの発生を抑制するためには、第1現像ローラの現像極の下流の搬送極については、磁束密度をできるだけ小さくすることが望まれる。 When applying this type of carrier adhesion countermeasure to a configuration in which a transport pole is provided between the development pole and the delivery pole or receiving pole of each developing roller, it is advisable to make the magnetic flux density of the transport pole downstream of the development pole in the first and second developing rollers greater than the magnetic flux density of the transport pole upstream of the development pole. However, in order to prevent the occurrence of the streaky fogging described above, it is desirable to make the magnetic flux density of the transport pole downstream of the development pole of the first developing roller as small as possible.
本発明は、スジ状のかぶりの抑制とキャリア付着の抑制との両立を図れる構成を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention aims to provide a configuration that can simultaneously suppress streak-like fogging and carrier adhesion.
本発明の一態様は、トナーとキャリアを含む現像剤を収容する現像容器と、前記現像容器に収容された前記現像剤が供給される第1回転体であって、回転する像担持体に最も近接する前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記像担持体に形成された静電潜像を現像する第1現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第1回転体と、前記第1回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第1マグネットであって、前記第1現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第1現像極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも上流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1上流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも下流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1下流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1下流極よりも下流且つ前記第1上流極よりも上流に配置された受渡極と、を有する第1マグネットと、前記第1回転体に対向して配置され、且つ、前記第1マグネットが発生する磁界により前記第1回転体から前記現像剤が受け渡される第2回転体であって、前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記静電潜像を現像する第2現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第2回転体と、前記第2回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第2マグネットであって、前記第2現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第2現像極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも上流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2上流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも下流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2下流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2下流極よりも下流且つ前記第2上流極よりも上流において前記受渡極に近接して配置され且つ前記受渡極とは異極である受取極と、を有する第2マグネットと、を備え、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1上流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値は、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値よりも大きく、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値は、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値よりも大きく、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における角度をθ1[°]とし、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における角度をθ2[°]とした場合に、θ1>θ2を満たす現像装置である。 One aspect of the present invention is a developing container that contains a developer containing toner and a carrier; a first rotating body to which the developer contained in the developing container is supplied, the first rotating body rotating in the same direction as the rotating image carrier at a position on the outer surface of the first rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and carrying and transporting the developer to a first developing position where an electrostatic latent image formed on the image carrier is developed; a first magnet that is fixedly arranged inside the first rotating body and does not rotate, the first magnet comprising: a first developing pole that is arranged facing the image carrier at the first developing position; a first upstream pole that is arranged adjacent to the first developing pole upstream of the first developing pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body and has a polarity different from that of the first developing pole; and a first upstream pole that is arranged adjacent to the first developing pole downstream of the first developing pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body and has a polarity different from that of the first developing pole. a first magnet having a first downstream pole having a polarity different from that of the first developing pole and a delivery pole arranged downstream of the first downstream pole and upstream of the first upstream pole in a rotational direction of the first rotating body; a second rotating body arranged opposite to the first rotating body and to which the developer is delivered from the first rotating body by a magnetic field generated by the first magnet, the second rotating body rotating in the same direction as the image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body closest to the image carrier and carrying and transporting the developer to a second developing position where the electrostatic latent image is developed; a second magnet arranged inside the second rotating body and fixed so as not to rotate, the second developing pole arranged opposite to the image carrier at the second developing position; a second magnet having: a second upstream pole arranged downstream of the second developing pole with respect to the rotation direction of the second rotor and having a polarity opposite to that of the second developing pole; a second downstream pole arranged adjacent to the second developing pole downstream of the second developing pole with respect to the rotation direction of the second rotor and having a polarity opposite to that of the second developing pole; and a receiving pole arranged downstream of the second downstream pole and upstream of the second upstream pole with respect to the rotation direction of the second rotor and adjacent to the delivering pole with a polarity opposite to that of the delivering pole, wherein a maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is greater than a maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor, and a maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is greater than a maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor. The developing device satisfies θ1 > θ2, where θ1 [°] is the angle in the rotational direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is greatest and is greater than the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole, to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor, and θ2 [°] is the angle in the rotational direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor.
本発明の一態様は、トナーとキャリアを含む現像剤を収容する現像容器と、前記現像容器に収容された前記現像剤が供給される第1回転体であって、回転する像担持体に最も近接する前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記像担持体に形成された静電潜像を現像する第1現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第1回転体と、前記第1回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第1マグネットであって、前記第1現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第1現像極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも上流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1上流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも下流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1下流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1下流極よりも下流且つ前記第1上流極よりも上流に配置された受渡極と、を有する第1マグネットと、前記第1回転体に対向して配置され、且つ、前記第1マグネットが発生する磁界により前記第1回転体から前記現像剤が受け渡される第2回転体であって、前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記静電潜像を現像する第2現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第2回転体と、前記第2回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第2マグネットであって、前記第2現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第2現像極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも上流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2上流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも下流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2下流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2下流極よりも下流且つ前記第2上流極よりも上流において前記受渡極に近接して配置され且つ前記受渡極とは異極である受取極と、を有する第2マグネットと、を備え、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ1−1|とし、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ1−2|とした場合に、|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|≧1.0を満たし、且つ、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ2−1|とし、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ2−2|とした場合に、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|≧1.1を満たす現像装置である。 One aspect of the present invention is a first magnet comprising: a developing container that contains a developer containing toner and a carrier; a first rotor to which the developer contained in the developing container is supplied, the first rotor rotating in the same direction as the rotating image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor closest to the image carrier, and carrying and transporting the developer to a first development position where an electrostatic latent image formed on the image carrier is developed; a first magnet fixedly disposed within the first rotor so as not to rotate, the first magnet comprising: a first developing pole disposed facing the image carrier at the first development position; a first upstream pole disposed adjacent to the first developing pole upstream of the first developing pole in the direction of rotation of the first rotor and having a polarity opposite to that of the first developing pole; a first downstream pole disposed adjacent to the first developing pole downstream of the first developing pole in the direction of rotation of the first rotor and having a polarity opposite to that of the first developing pole; and a delivery pole disposed downstream of the first downstream pole and upstream of the first upstream pole in the direction of rotation of the first rotor. a second rotor disposed opposite the first rotor and receiving the developer from the first rotor by a magnetic field generated by the first magnet, the second rotor rotating in the same direction as the image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor closest to the image carrier, and carrying and transporting the developer to a second development position where the electrostatic latent image is developed; a second magnet disposed inside the second rotor and fixed so as not to rotate, the second rotor having a second development pole disposed opposite the image carrier at the second development position; a second upstream pole disposed adjacent to the second development pole upstream of the second development pole in the rotation direction of the second rotor and having a polarity opposite to that of the second development pole; a second downstream pole disposed adjacent to the second development pole downstream of the second development pole in the rotation direction of the second rotor and having a polarity opposite to that of the second development pole; a receiving pole of an opposite polarity, and a second magnet having a receiving pole, wherein |Bθ1-1| is the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in a tangential direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor in a section in the rotation direction of the first rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum, and |Bθ1-2| is the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in a tangential direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor in a section in the rotation direction of the first rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor, ≧1.0, and |Bθ2-1| is the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor in a section in the rotation direction of the second rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor, When |Bθ2-2| is the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor in a section in the rotational direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor is maximum, this development device satisfies |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.1.
本発明によれば、スジ状のかぶりの抑制とキャリア付着の抑制との両立を図れる。 The present invention makes it possible to suppress both streaky fogging and carrier adhesion.
図1は実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成断面図である。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to an embodiment.
図2は実施形態に係る現像装置の概略構成断面図である。 Figure 2 is a cross-sectional view showing the schematic configuration of a developing device according to an embodiment.
図3は実施形態に係る第1現像ローラの磁極配置を示す図である。 Figure 3 shows the magnetic pole arrangement of the first developing roller according to the embodiment.
図4は実施形態に係る第2現像ローラの磁極配置を示す図である。 Figure 4 shows the magnetic pole arrangement of the second developing roller according to the embodiment.
図5は実施形態に係る剥離ローラの磁極配置を示す図である。 Figure 5 shows the magnetic pole arrangement of the peeling roller according to the embodiment.
図6は実施形態に係る第1現像ローラと第2現像ローラの磁極配置の関係を示す図である。 FIG. 6 shows the relationship between the magnetic pole arrangements of the first and second developing rollers according to the embodiment.
図7は現像極の上流側に隣接して位置する磁極よりも現像極の下流側に隣接して位置する磁極の方が磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値が大きい場合の磁力線の様子を示す模式図である。 Figure 7 is a schematic diagram showing the magnetic field lines when the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density is greater for the magnetic pole located adjacent to the downstream side of the development pole than for the magnetic pole located adjacent to the upstream side of the development pole.
図8は現像極の下流側に隣接して位置する磁極よりも現像極の上流側に隣接して位置する磁極の方が磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値が大きい場合の磁力線の様子を示す模式図である。 Figure 8 is a schematic diagram showing the magnetic field lines when the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density is greater for the magnetic pole located adjacent to the upstream side of the development pole than for the magnetic pole located adjacent to the downstream side of the development pole.
図9は実施形態に係る第1現像ローラと第2現像ローラの磁極配置の関係を示す図で、第1現像ローラと第2現像ローラの搬送極同士の関係を示す図である。 Figure 9 shows the relationship between the magnetic pole arrangements of the first and second developing rollers according to an embodiment, and illustrates the relationship between the transport poles of the first and second developing rollers.
図10は比較例1に係る(a)第1現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフ、(b)第2現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフである。 Figure 10 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Comparative Example 1.
図11は実施例1に係る(a)第1現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフ、(b)第2現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフである。 Figure 11 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Example 1.
図12は実施例2に係る(a)第1現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフ、(b)第2現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフである。 Figure 12 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Example 2.
図13は比較例1、実施例1、2に係る第2現像ローラの磁束密度の法線成分の分布を示すグラフである。 Figure 13 is a graph showing the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing roller for Comparative Example 1 and Examples 1 and 2.
図14は比較例1、実施例1、2に係る第2現像ローラの磁束密度の接線成分の分布を示すグラフである。 Figure 14 is a graph showing the distribution of the tangential component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing roller for Comparative Example 1 and Examples 1 and 2.
図15は実施例3に係る(a)第1現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフ、(b)第2現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフである。 Figure 15 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Example 3.
図16は比較例2に係る(a)第1現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフ、(b)第2現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフである。 Figure 16 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Comparative Example 2.
図17は実施例1、3、比較例2に係る第1現像ローラの磁束密度の法線成分の分布を示すグラフである。 Figure 17 is a graph showing the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller for Examples 1 and 3 and Comparative Example 2.
図18は実施例1、3、比較例2に係る第1現像ローラの磁束密度の接線成分の分布を示すグラフである。 Figure 18 is a graph showing the distribution of the tangential component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller for Examples 1 and 3 and Comparative Example 2.
図19は実施例4に係る(a)第1現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフ、(b)第2現像ローラの磁気特性を示すグラフである。 Figure 19 shows (a) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the first developing roller and (b) a graph showing the magnetic characteristics of the second developing roller in Example 4.
図20は実施例1、4に係る第1現像ローラの磁束密度の法線成分の分布を示すグラフである。 Figure 20 is a graph showing the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller in Examples 1 and 4.
図21は実施例1、4に係る第1現像ローラの磁束密度の接線成分の分布を示すグラフである。 Figure 21 is a graph showing the distribution of the tangential component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller in Examples 1 and 4.
実施形態について、図1ないし図21を用いて説明する。まず、本実施形態の画像形成装置の概略構成について、図1を用いて説明する。
[画像形成装置]
The embodiment will be described with reference to Figures 1 to 21. First, the schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to Figure 1.
[Image forming apparatus]
画像形成装置100は、フルカラー画像形成装置であり、本実施形態の場合、例えば、コピー機能、プリンタ機能およびスキャン機能を有するMFP(Multi−Function Peripheral)である。画像形成装置100は、図1に示すように、イエロー、マゼンタ、シアン、ブラックの4色のトナー像の作像工程をそれぞれ行う画像形成部PY、PM、PC、PKを並列して設けている。 Image forming apparatus 100 is a full-color image forming apparatus, and in this embodiment, for example, is an MFP (Multi-Function Peripheral) with copy, printer, and scan functions. As shown in Figure 1, image forming apparatus 100 has parallel image forming units PY, PM, PC, and PK that perform the image forming process for four colors of toner: yellow, magenta, cyan, and black.
各色の画像形成部PY、PM、PC、PKは、1次帯電器21Y、21M、21C、21K、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1K、光書込部(露光装置)22Y、22M、22C、22K、感光ドラム28Y、28M、28C、28Kおよびクリーニング装置26Y、26M、26C、26Kを有する。また、画像形成装置100は、転写装置2および定着装置3を有している。なお、各色の画像形成部PY、PM、PC、PKの構成は同様であるため、以下、代表して画像形成部PYを用いて説明する。 The image forming units PY, PM, PC, and PK for each color each have primary chargers 21Y, 21M, 21C, and 21K, developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K, optical writing units (exposure devices) 22Y, 22M, 22C, and 22K, photosensitive drums 28Y, 28M, 28C, and 28K, and cleaning devices 26Y, 26M, 26C, and 26K. Image forming apparatus 100 also has a transfer device 2 and a fixing device 3. Because the image forming units PY, PM, PC, and PK for each color each have the same configuration, the following description will use image forming unit PY as a representative.
像担持体としての感光ドラム28Yは、有機光導電体(Organic Photo Conductor:OPC)を含むポリカーボネイト等の樹脂からなる感光層を有する感光体であり、所定の速度で回転するように構成されている。本実施形態においては、感光ドラム28Yの表面の線速は650mm/sに設定している。1次帯電器21Yは、感光ドラム28Yの周囲に配置されるコロナ放電極からなり、生成されるイオンによって感光ドラム28Yの表面を帯電させる。 The photosensitive drum 28Y, which serves as an image carrier, is a photosensitive member having a photosensitive layer made of a resin such as polycarbonate containing an organic photoconductor (OPC), and is configured to rotate at a predetermined speed. In this embodiment, the linear speed of the surface of the photosensitive drum 28Y is set to 650 mm/s. The primary charger 21Y consists of a corona discharge electrode arranged around the photosensitive drum 28Y, and charges the surface of the photosensitive drum 28Y with the ions it generates.
光書込部22Yは、走査光学装置が組み込まれており、イメージデータに基づいて帯電された感光ドラム28Yを露光することにより、露光された部分の電位を低下させ、画像データに対応する電荷パターン(静電潜像)を形成する。現像装置1Yは、収容している現像剤を感光ドラム28Yに転移させて感光ドラム28Y上に形成された静電潜像を現像する。現像剤は、キャリアと各色に対応したトナーとを混合してなり、静電潜像は、トナーによって可視化される。 The optical writing unit 22Y incorporates a scanning optical device and exposes the charged photosensitive drum 28Y based on image data, thereby lowering the potential of the exposed area and forming a charge pattern (electrostatic latent image) corresponding to the image data. The developing device 1Y transfers the contained developer to the photosensitive drum 28Y to develop the electrostatic latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y. The developer is a mixture of carrier and toner corresponding to each color, and the electrostatic latent image is visualized by the toner.
転写装置2は、1次転写ローラ23Y、23M、23C、23K、中間転写ベルト24および2次転写ローラ25を有する。中間転写ベルト24は、1次転写ローラ23Y、23M、23C、23Kおよび複数のローラにより巻回され、走行可能に支持されている。1次転写ローラ23Y、23M、23C、23Kは、図1の上から順に、Y(イエロー)、M(マゼンタ)、C(シアン)、K(ブラック)のそれぞれの色に対応している。2次転写ローラ25は、中間転写ベルト24の外側に配置され、中間転写ベルト24との間を記録材が通過可能に構成されている。なお、記録材は、例えば、用紙、プラスチックシートなどのシートである。 The transfer device 2 has primary transfer rollers 23Y, 23M, 23C, and 23K, an intermediate transfer belt 24, and a secondary transfer roller 25. The intermediate transfer belt 24 is wound around primary transfer rollers 23Y, 23M, 23C, and 23K and several other rollers and is supported so that it can run. From the top in Figure 1, the primary transfer rollers 23Y, 23M, 23C, and 23K correspond to the colors Y (yellow), M (magenta), C (cyan), and K (black). The secondary transfer roller 25 is positioned outside the intermediate transfer belt 24 and is configured to allow a recording material to pass between it and the intermediate transfer belt 24. The recording material is, for example, a sheet such as paper or a plastic sheet.
感光ドラム28Y、28M、28C、28K上の形成された各色のトナー画像は、1次転写ローラ23Y、23M、23C、23Kにより中間転写ベルト24上に逐次転写され、イエロー色、マゼンタ色、シアン色および黒色の各層が重畳したカラーのトナー画像が形成される。形成されたトナー画像は、2次転写ローラ25によって、記録材が収容されたカセットなどから搬送されて来る記録材に転写される。トナー画像が転写された記録材は、定着装置3において、圧力および熱が加えられる。これにより、記録材上のトナーが溶融され、カラー画像が記録材に定着される。 The toner images of each color formed on photosensitive drums 28Y, 28M, 28C, and 28K are transferred sequentially onto intermediate transfer belt 24 by primary transfer rollers 23Y, 23M, 23C, and 23K, forming a color toner image in which yellow, magenta, cyan, and black layers are superimposed. The formed toner image is then transferred by secondary transfer roller 25 onto a recording material transported from a cassette or the like containing the recording material. Pressure and heat are applied to the recording material with the transferred toner image in fixing device 3. This melts the toner on the recording material, and the color image is fixed to the recording material.
現像剤貯蔵部27Y、27M、27C、27Kは、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kに対応してそれぞれ設けられ、上から順に、イエロー、マゼンタ、シアン、ブラックのそれぞれの色に対応する現像剤を収納したボトルが交換可能に装填されている。現像剤貯蔵部27Y、27M、27C、27Kは、貯蔵している現像剤の色に対応する現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kに対して、現像剤を搬送(補給)可能に構成されている。 Developer storage units 27Y, 27M, 27C, and 27K are provided corresponding to developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K, respectively, and are replaced with bottles containing developer corresponding to the respective colors of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, from top to bottom. Developer storage units 27Y, 27M, 27C, and 27K are configured to transport (supply) developer to developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K corresponding to the color of developer stored therein.
例えば、ボトルに収納されている現像剤のトナー重量比は、80~95%であり、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kにおける現像剤のトナー重量比は、5~10%である。そのため、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kにおいて現像によりトナーが消費されると、その消費量に見合ったトナーを含む現像剤が補給され、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kにおける現像剤のトナー重量比が一定に維持される。
[現像装置]
For example, the toner weight ratio of the developer stored in the bottle is 80 to 95%, and the toner weight ratio of the developer in the developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K is 5 to 10%. Therefore, when toner is consumed by development in the developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K, developer containing toner corresponding to the amount consumed is replenished, and the toner weight ratio of the developer in the developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K is maintained constant.
[Developing device]
次に、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kについて、図2ないし図5を用いて詳述する。なお、現像装置1Y、1M、1C、1Kの構成は同じであるため、以下では、代表して現像装置1Yについて説明する。図2は、図1に示される現像装置1Yを説明した概念図、図3、図4、図5は現像装置1Y内に配置された第1磁石36、第2磁石37、第3磁石38の磁極構成を説明した概念図である。 Next, developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K will be described in detail using Figures 2 to 5. Since developing devices 1Y, 1M, 1C, and 1K have the same configuration, the following description will focus on developing device 1Y as a representative. Figure 2 is a conceptual diagram explaining developing device 1Y shown in Figure 1, and Figures 3, 4, and 5 are conceptual diagrams explaining the magnetic pole configurations of the first magnet 36, second magnet 37, and third magnet 38 arranged within developing device 1Y.
現像装置1Yは、図2に示すように、第1現像ローラ30、第2現像ローラ31、剥離ローラ32、現像剤供給スクリュー42、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43および現像剤回収スクリュー44を有し、これらの部材は、現像容器60に収容されている。 As shown in Figure 2, the developing device 1Y has a first developing roller 30, a second developing roller 31, a peeling roller 32, a developer supply screw 42, a developer stirring screw 43, and a developer recovery screw 44, and these components are housed in a developing container 60.
第1現像ローラ30は、回転駆動される現像剤担持体であり、感光ドラム28Yに隣接した位置に、その回転軸線が感光ドラム28Yの回転軸線と略平行となるように配置されている。第1現像ローラ30は、回転する第1スリーブ(第1回転体)33と、第1スリーブ33の内部に非回転に配置され、磁力により第1スリーブ33の表面に現像剤を吸着させる第1磁石(固定磁石、第1マグネット)36とを有する。そして、第1現像ローラ30は、現像剤供給スクリュー42から汲み上げられる現像剤を、磁力に基づき吸着(担持)し、回転する感光ドラム28Y上(像担持体上)に形成された静電潜像を現像剤により現像する。 The first developing roller 30 is a rotatably driven developer carrier, and is positioned adjacent to the photosensitive drum 28Y so that its rotational axis is approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the photosensitive drum 28Y. The first developing roller 30 has a rotating first sleeve (first rotating body) 33 and a first magnet (fixed magnet, first magnet) 36 that is non-rotatingly positioned inside the first sleeve 33 and uses magnetic force to attract developer to the surface of the first sleeve 33. The first developing roller 30 uses magnetic force to attract (carry) the developer pumped up from the developer supply screw 42, and uses the developer to develop the electrostatic latent image formed on the rotating photosensitive drum 28Y (image carrier).
現像装置1Yの第1スリーブ33(および後述する第2スリーブ34)には、例えば1次帯電器21Yの帯電極性と同極性の直流現像バイアス、または交流電圧に1次帯電器21Yの帯電極性と同極性の直流電圧が重畳された現像バイアスが印加される。その結果、光書込部22Yによって形成された静電潜像に1次帯電器21Yの帯電極性と同極性に帯電したトナーを付着させる反転現像が行われる。本実施形態においては、1次帯電器21Yの帯電極性およびに現像バイアスの直流電圧をマイナスとし、静電潜像にマイナスに帯電したトナーを付着させる反転現像を行う構成とした。 The first sleeve 33 of the developing device 1Y (and the second sleeve 34 described below) is applied with, for example, a DC developing bias of the same polarity as the charging polarity of the primary charger 21Y, or a developing bias in which a DC voltage of the same polarity as the charging polarity of the primary charger 21Y is superimposed on an AC voltage. As a result, reversal development is performed in which toner charged with the same polarity as the charging polarity of the primary charger 21Y adheres to the electrostatic latent image formed by the optical writing unit 22Y. In this embodiment, the charging polarity of the primary charger 21Y and the DC voltage of the developing bias are negative, and reversal development is performed in which negatively charged toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image.
第1スリーブ33は、外径25mm(半径r1=12.5mm)の非磁性の円筒部材であり、回転軸39を中心に回転駆動される。第1スリーブ33の回転方向は、図2の矢印で示すように時計方向であり、本実施形態では、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向と逆方向である。このため、第1スリーブ33と感光ドラム28Yとは、互いに対向する位置において同方向に回転している。本実施形態においては、第1現像ローラ30の第1スリーブ33の表面の線速が感光ドラム28Yの表面の線速に対して1.0倍(=650mm/s)になるようにしている。感光ドラム28Yの表面の線速に対する第1スリーブ33の表面の線速の比を1.0倍以上、1.2倍以下程度に抑えると、トナー劣化の観点で有利である。一方で、感光ドラム28Yへのトナーの供給量が減り現像性の懸念があるが、本実施形態では2本の現像ローラ30、31を備えており、線速比を抑えても感光ドラム28Yへのトナー供給量を維持可能である。 The first sleeve 33 is a non-magnetic cylindrical member with an outer diameter of 25 mm (radius r1 = 12.5 mm) and is driven to rotate around the rotation axis 39. The rotation direction of the first sleeve 33 is clockwise as shown by the arrow in Figure 2, which in this embodiment is the opposite direction to the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, the first sleeve 33 and the photosensitive drum 28Y rotate in the same direction while facing each other. In this embodiment, the linear speed of the surface of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30 is set to be 1.0 times (= 650 mm/s) the linear speed of the surface of the photosensitive drum 28Y. It is advantageous in terms of toner degradation to keep the ratio of the linear speed of the surface of the first sleeve 33 to the linear speed of the surface of the photosensitive drum 28Y to approximately 1.0 times or more and 1.2 times or less. On the other hand, there are concerns about development performance as the amount of toner supplied to the photosensitive drum 28Y decreases, but in this embodiment, two developing rollers 30, 31 are provided, and the amount of toner supplied to the photosensitive drum 28Y can be maintained even if the linear velocity ratio is reduced.
第1磁石36は、第1スリーブ33の内部に配置され、図3に示すように、複数の磁極101~107を有する。図3に示す磁極101~107の実線は、各々第1磁石36の磁束密度の法線成分の分布の最大値の位置(ピーク位置、極位置)を示す。第1スリーブ33の内周と第1磁石36の外周との間には、第1スリーブ33の回転を許容する空間が配置されている。 The first magnet 36 is disposed inside the first sleeve 33 and has a plurality of magnetic poles 101-107, as shown in Figure 3. The solid lines of the magnetic poles 101-107 shown in Figure 3 indicate the positions of the maximum values (peak positions, pole positions) of the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first magnet 36. A space is disposed between the inner circumference of the first sleeve 33 and the outer circumference of the first magnet 36 to allow rotation of the first sleeve 33.
第1スリーブ33上(第1スリーブ上)に吸着された現像剤は、第1スリーブ33の回転動作によって、感光ドラム28Yに向かって担持搬送され、第1現像位置において感光ドラム28Yに形成された潜像を現像する。感光ドラム28Yに形成された潜像を現像した後、第1スリーブ33上の現像剤は第1スリーブ33の回転動作によって、第2現像ローラ31の近傍まで搬送される。そして、第1現像ローラ30と第2現像ローラ31の最近接位置近傍において、第1現像ローラ30に内包される第1磁石36と第2現像ローラ31に内包される第2磁石37に生じる磁界により、第1スリーブ33上から剥離され第2スリーブ34上(第2スリーブ上)へ現像剤が受け渡される。 The developer attracted to the first sleeve 33 (on the first sleeve) is carried and transported toward the photosensitive drum 28Y by the rotation of the first sleeve 33, and develops the latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y at the first development position. After developing the latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y, the developer on the first sleeve 33 is transported to the vicinity of the second developing roller 31 by the rotation of the first sleeve 33. Then, near the closest position between the first developing roller 30 and the second developing roller 31, the magnetic fields generated by the first magnet 36 contained in the first developing roller 30 and the second magnet 37 contained in the second developing roller 31 cause the developer to be peeled off from the first sleeve 33 and transferred onto the second sleeve 34 (on the second sleeve).
本実施形態の現像装置1Yの第2現像ローラ31は、次述するように、第1現像ローラ30よりも鉛直方向上方に配置されている。そのため、第1スリーブ33から第2スリーブ34への現像剤の受け渡しも鉛直方向下方から上方に重力に逆らって行う必要がある。なお、第1スリーブ33と第2スリーブ34は最近接部において、3mmのギャップを持って配置されている。 As described below, the second developing roller 31 of the developing device 1Y of this embodiment is positioned vertically above the first developing roller 30. Therefore, the transfer of developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34 must also be performed vertically from below to above against gravity. The first sleeve 33 and second sleeve 34 are positioned with a gap of 3 mm between them at their closest points.
第2現像ローラ31は、回転駆動される現像剤担持体であり、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向に関して第1現像ローラ30の下流、且つ、第2現像ローラ31の回転中心O2が鉛直方向に関して第1現像ローラ30の回転中心O1よりも上方に位置するように配置され、磁力により第1現像ローラ30から現像剤が受け渡される(図2)。本実施形態では、第2現像ローラ31全体が第1現像ローラ30の回転中心O1よりも上方に位置する。第2現像ローラ31は、第1現像ローラ30と同様に、感光ドラム28Yに隣接した位置に、その回転軸線が感光ドラム28Yの回転軸線と略平行となるように配置されている。したがって、第2現像ローラ31と第1現像ローラ30とは、回転軸線が互いに略平行である。 The second developing roller 31 is a rotationally driven developer carrier, and is positioned downstream of the first developing roller 30 in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y, with the center of rotation O2 of the second developing roller 31 positioned vertically above the center of rotation O1 of the first developing roller 30; developer is transferred from the first developing roller 30 by magnetic force (Figure 2). In this embodiment, the entire second developing roller 31 is positioned above the center of rotation O1 of the first developing roller 30. Like the first developing roller 30, the second developing roller 31 is positioned adjacent to the photosensitive drum 28Y with its rotational axis approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, the rotational axes of the second developing roller 31 and the first developing roller 30 are approximately parallel to each other.
このような第2現像ローラ31は、回転する第2スリーブ(第2回転体)34と、第2スリーブ34の内部に非回転に配置され、磁力により第2スリーブ34の表面に現像剤を吸着させる第2磁石(固定磁石、第2マグネット)37とを有する。そして、第2現像ローラ31は、磁力に基づき、第1現像ローラ30(第1スリーブ33)から現像剤が受け渡されて、吸着(担持)し、回転する感光ドラム28Y上に形成された静電潜像を現像剤により現像する。なお、第2現像ローラ31の側方には、後述する剥離ローラ32が位置している。 This second developing roller 31 has a rotating second sleeve (second rotating body) 34 and a second magnet (fixed magnet, second magnet) 37 that is non-rotatingly positioned inside the second sleeve 34 and uses magnetic force to attract developer to the surface of the second sleeve 34. The second developing roller 31 receives and attracts (carries) developer from the first developing roller 30 (first sleeve 33) using magnetic force, and uses the developer to develop the electrostatic latent image formed on the rotating photosensitive drum 28Y. A peeling roller 32, described below, is located to the side of the second developing roller 31.
第2スリーブ34は、外径25mm(半径r2=12.5mm)の非磁性の円筒部材であり、回転軸40を中心に回転駆動される。第2スリーブ34の回転方向は、図2の矢印で示すように第1スリーブ33と同じく時計方向であり、本実施形態では、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向と逆方向である。このため、第2スリーブ34と感光ドラム28Yとは、互いに対向する位置において同方向に回転している。また、第2スリーブ34と第1スリーブ33とは、互いに対向する位置において逆方向に回転している。本実施形態においては、第2現像ローラ31の第2スリーブ34の表面の線速が感光ドラム28Yの表面の線速に対して1.2倍(=780mm/s)になるようにしている。 The second sleeve 34 is a non-magnetic cylindrical member with an outer diameter of 25 mm (radius r2 = 12.5 mm) and is driven to rotate around the rotation shaft 40. The rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 is the same clockwise direction as the first sleeve 33, as shown by the arrow in Figure 2, and in this embodiment, it is the opposite direction to the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, the second sleeve 34 and the photosensitive drum 28Y rotate in the same direction when they are positioned opposite each other. Furthermore, the second sleeve 34 and the first sleeve 33 rotate in opposite directions when they are positioned opposite each other. In this embodiment, the linear speed of the surface of the second sleeve 34 of the second developing roller 31 is set to be 1.2 times (= 780 mm/s) the linear speed of the surface of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
第2磁石37は、第2スリーブ34の内部に配置され、図4に示すように、複数の磁極201~207を有する。図4に示す磁極201~207の実線は、各々第2磁石37の磁束密度の法線成分の分布の最大値の位置(ピーク位置、極位置)を示す。第2スリーブ34の内周と第2磁石37の外周との間には、第2スリーブ34の回転を許容する空間が配置されている。 The second magnet 37 is disposed inside the second sleeve 34 and has a plurality of magnetic poles 201-207, as shown in Figure 4. The solid lines of the magnetic poles 201-207 shown in Figure 4 indicate the positions of the maximum values (peak positions, pole positions) of the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second magnet 37. A space is disposed between the inner circumference of the second sleeve 34 and the outer circumference of the second magnet 37 to allow rotation of the second sleeve 34.
第2スリーブ34上に吸着された現像剤は、第2スリーブ34の回転動作によって、感光ドラム28Yに向かって担持搬送され、第2現像位置において感光ドラム28Yに形成された潜像を現像する。感光ドラム28Yに形成された潜像を現像した後、第2スリーブ34に残留している現像剤は、第2スリーブ34の回転動作によって、剥離ローラ32近傍まで搬送される。そして、第2現像ローラ31と剥離ローラ32の最近接位置近傍において、第2現像ローラ31に内包される第2磁石37と剥離ローラ32に内包される第3磁石38に生じる磁界により、第2スリーブ34から剥離ローラ32の第3スリーブ35へ現像剤が受け渡される。 The developer attracted to the second sleeve 34 is carried and transported toward the photosensitive drum 28Y by the rotation of the second sleeve 34, and develops the latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y at the second development position. After the latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y is developed, the developer remaining on the second sleeve 34 is transported to the vicinity of the peeling roller 32 by the rotation of the second sleeve 34. Then, near the closest position between the second developing roller 31 and the peeling roller 32, the developer is transferred from the second sleeve 34 to the third sleeve 35 of the peeling roller 32 by the magnetic fields generated by the second magnet 37 contained in the second developing roller 31 and the third magnet 38 contained in the peeling roller 32.
剥離部としての剥離ローラ32は、第2スリーブ34の回転中心に対して感光ドラム28Yとは反対側に配置され、第2現像ローラ31により感光ドラム28Y上の静電潜像を現像した後の現像剤を第2現像ローラ31から剥離させる。具体的には、剥離ローラ32は、回転駆動される現像剤担持体であり、第2現像ローラ31と現像剤回収スクリュー44との間で、その回転中心が第2現像ローラ31の回転中心Rの上方となるように配置されている。 The peeling roller 32, which serves as a peeling unit, is positioned on the opposite side of the photosensitive drum 28Y from the center of rotation of the second sleeve 34, and peels the developer from the second developing roller 31 after the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum 28Y has been developed by the second developing roller 31. Specifically, the peeling roller 32 is a developer carrier that is driven to rotate, and is positioned between the second developing roller 31 and the developer recovery screw 44 so that its center of rotation is above the center of rotation R of the second developing roller 31.
また、剥離ローラ32は、その回転軸線が第2現像ローラ31の回転軸線と略平行となるように配置されている。このような剥離ローラ32は、回転する第3スリーブ35と、第3スリーブ35の内部に非回転に配置され、磁力により第3スリーブ35の表面に現像剤を吸着させる第3磁石(固定磁石)38とを有し、第2現像ローラ31から現像剤を磁力に基づき受け渡されるように構成されている。 Furthermore, the peeling roller 32 is positioned so that its rotational axis is approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the second developing roller 31. Such a peeling roller 32 has a rotating third sleeve 35 and a third magnet (fixed magnet) 38 that is non-rotatingly positioned inside the third sleeve 35 and that uses magnetic force to attract developer to the surface of the third sleeve 35, and is configured to transfer developer from the second developing roller 31 based on magnetic force.
第3スリーブ35は、外径18mm(半径9mm)の非磁性の円筒部材であり、回転軸41を中心に回転駆動される。第3スリーブ35の回転方向は、図2の矢印で示すように反時計方向であり、本実施形態では、第2スリーブ34の回転方向と逆方向である。このため、第3スリーブ35と第2スリーブ34とは、互いに対向する位置において同方向に回転している。 The third sleeve 35 is a non-magnetic cylindrical member with an outer diameter of 18 mm (radius 9 mm) and is driven to rotate around the rotation axis 41. The rotation direction of the third sleeve 35 is counterclockwise as shown by the arrow in Figure 2, which is the opposite direction to the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 in this embodiment. Therefore, the third sleeve 35 and the second sleeve 34 rotate in the same direction while facing each other.
第3磁石38は、第3スリーブ35の内部に配置され、図5に示すように、複数の磁極301~305を有する。図5に示す磁極301~305の実線は、各々第3磁石38の磁束密度の法線成分の分布の最大値の位置(ピーク位置、極位置)を示す。第3スリーブ35の内周と第3磁石38の外周との間には、第3スリーブ35の回転を許容する空間が配置されている。 The third magnet 38 is disposed inside the third sleeve 35 and has a plurality of magnetic poles 301-305, as shown in Figure 5. The solid lines of the magnetic poles 301-305 shown in Figure 5 indicate the positions of the maximum values (peak positions, pole positions) of the distribution of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the third magnet 38. A space is disposed between the inner circumference of the third sleeve 35 and the outer circumference of the third magnet 38 to allow rotation of the third sleeve 35.
第3スリーブ35上に吸着された現像剤は、第3スリーブ35の回転動作によって、回転方向下流側に担持搬送され、現像剤回収スクリュー44に近接する位置で、剥離ローラ32に内包される第3磁石38により、第3スリーブ35から剥離され、自重により垂直方向下方に位置するガイド部材45に向かって落下する。そして、ガイド部材45に落下した現像剤は、現像剤回収スクリュー44に向かって自重により案内される。 The developer attracted to the third sleeve 35 is carried and transported downstream in the direction of rotation by the rotation of the third sleeve 35, and is peeled off from the third sleeve 35 by the third magnet 38 contained within the peeling roller 32 at a position close to the developer recovery screw 44, and falls under its own weight toward the guide member 45 located vertically below. The developer that has fallen onto the guide member 45 is then guided under its own weight toward the developer recovery screw 44.
ガイド部材45及び現像剤回収スクリュー44は、剥離ローラ32上の第3スリーブ35から剥離された現像剤を回収する回収部としての現像剤回収部47を構成する。現像剤回収部47において、現像剤回収スクリュー44は、回転中心が鉛直方向に関して剥離ローラ32の回転中心よりも下方に位置するように配置され、剥離ローラ32から受け渡される(回収される)現像剤を、撹拌しながら搬送する。 The guide member 45 and developer recovery screw 44 constitute the developer recovery section 47, which serves as a recovery section for recovering developer peeled off from the third sleeve 35 on the peeling roller 32. In the developer recovery section 47, the developer recovery screw 44 is positioned so that its center of rotation is positioned lower than the center of rotation of the peeling roller 32 in the vertical direction, and transports the developer handed over (recovered) from the peeling roller 32 while stirring it.
案内部としてのガイド部材45は、剥離ローラ32の鉛直方向下方に配置され、剥離ローラ32によって剥離された現像剤を現像剤回収スクリュー44に向けて案内する。このようなガイド部材45は、剥離された現像剤をより確実に現像剤回収スクリュー44に向けて案内するため、現像剤が自重により滑り落ちる斜面45aを有する。斜面45aは、剥離ローラ32の下方位置よりも現像剤回収スクリュー44側が低くなるように水平方向に対して傾斜している。 The guide member 45, which serves as a guide, is positioned vertically below the peeling roller 32 and guides the developer peeled off by the peeling roller 32 toward the developer recovery screw 44. This guide member 45 has a slope 45a along which the developer slides down under its own weight, to more reliably guide the peeled developer toward the developer recovery screw 44. The slope 45a is inclined relative to the horizontal direction so that the developer recovery screw 44 side is lower than the position below the peeling roller 32.
回収部材及び搬送部としての現像剤回収スクリュー44は、回収した現像剤を、次述する現像剤循環部46に搬送する。即ち、現像剤回収スクリュー44は、ガイド部材45の斜面を滑り落ちて回収された現像剤を撹拌しながら一方向に搬送するために使用されるスクリュー搬送部材である。 The developer recovery screw 44, which serves as a recovery member and transport unit, transports the recovered developer to the developer circulation unit 46, which will be described next. In other words, the developer recovery screw 44 is a screw transport member used to transport the recovered developer in one direction while stirring it as it slides down the slope of the guide member 45.
現像剤循環部46は、現像剤を第1現像ローラ30に供給するための供給部であり、現像剤循環部46は、規制部材50、現像剤供給スクリュー42および現像剤攪拌スクリュー43を有している。現像剤循環部46において、現像剤は現像剤供給スクリュー42および現像剤攪拌スクリュー43内で撹拌されながら略水平方向に搬送されつつ、第1現像ローラ30に供給される。また、上述のように、現像剤回収部47によって回収された現像剤は、自重により落下し、現像剤循環部46に導入される。 The developer circulation unit 46 is a supply unit for supplying developer to the first developing roller 30, and includes a regulating member 50, a developer supply screw 42, and a developer stirring screw 43. In the developer circulation unit 46, the developer is stirred within the developer supply screw 42 and the developer stirring screw 43 while being transported in a substantially horizontal direction and supplied to the first developing roller 30. Also, as described above, the developer collected by the developer collection unit 47 falls under its own weight and is introduced into the developer circulation unit 46.
現像剤供給スクリュー42、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43および現像剤回収スクリュー44は、現像剤を撹拌しながら一方向に搬送するスクリュー搬送部材であり、現像剤供給スクリュー42と現像剤攪拌スクリュー43は、現像剤回収スクリュー44の鉛直方向下方に位置する。また、これら現像剤供給スクリュー42、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43および現像剤回収スクリュー44は、回転軸線が互いに略平行となるように配置されている。これら各スクリューの回転軸線は、第1現像ローラ30の回転軸線とも略平行となっている。 The developer supply screw 42, developer stirring screw 43, and developer recovery screw 44 are screw transport members that transport the developer in one direction while stirring it, and the developer supply screw 42 and developer stirring screw 43 are located vertically below the developer recovery screw 44. Furthermore, the developer supply screw 42, developer stirring screw 43, and developer recovery screw 44 are arranged so that their rotational axes are approximately parallel to each other. The rotational axis of each of these screws is also approximately parallel to the rotational axis of the first developing roller 30.
現像剤供給スクリュー42は、第1現像ローラ30と現像剤攪拌スクリュー43との間に位置し、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43との間には、現像容器60の仕切り壁48が配置されている。現像容器60の仕切り壁48は、現像剤供給スクリュー42及び現像剤攪拌スクリュー43の回転軸線方向に沿って延設されている。仕切り壁48には、現像剤供給スクリュー42により現像剤が搬送される第1搬送路61と、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43により現像剤が搬送される第2搬送路62とを連通させる連通口(不図示)が設けられている。 The developer supply screw 42 is located between the first developing roller 30 and the developer agitation screw 43, and the partition wall 48 of the developer container 60 is arranged between the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43. The partition wall 48 of the developer container 60 extends along the rotational axis of the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43. The partition wall 48 is provided with a communication opening (not shown) that connects the first transport path 61, through which the developer is transported by the developer supply screw 42, and the second transport path 62, through which the developer is transported by the developer agitation screw 43.
現像剤回収スクリュー44によって撹拌された現像剤は、現像剤回収スクリュー44と現像剤供給スクリュー42との間にある現像容器60の隔壁63に形成された連通口(不図示)を経由し、現像剤供給スクリュー42に向かって自重により落下する。なお、上述のガイド部材45は、隔壁63と一体に形成されており、隔壁63の上方に現像剤回収スクリュー44が配置されている。 The developer stirred by the developer recovery screw 44 passes through a communication port (not shown) formed in the partition 63 of the developer container 60 between the developer recovery screw 44 and the developer supply screw 42, and falls under its own weight toward the developer supply screw 42. The guide member 45 mentioned above is formed integrally with the partition 63, and the developer recovery screw 44 is positioned above the partition 63.
現像剤回収スクリュー44により攪拌された現像剤が自重により落下して現像剤循環部46に導入される連通口の位置は、現像剤が第1現像ローラ30に向けて供給されている領域(現像剤供給スクリュー42の回転軸線方向に関して中間部位)を避けて配置することが好ましい。本実施形態では、連通口の位置を、現像剤供給スクリュー42が配置された第1搬送路61の現像剤搬送方向下流端部(終端部)の範囲に含む位置としている。 The position of the communication port through which the developer stirred by the developer recovery screw 44 falls under its own weight and is introduced into the developer circulation section 46 is preferably positioned to avoid the area where the developer is supplied toward the first developing roller 30 (the middle part in the direction of the rotational axis of the developer supply screw 42). In this embodiment, the communication port is positioned within the range of the downstream end (terminal end) in the developer transport direction of the first transport path 61 in which the developer supply screw 42 is located.
現像剤供給スクリュー42と現像剤攪拌スクリュー43の現像剤搬送方向は、互いに逆方向である。そして、現像剤供給スクリュー42が配置された第1搬送路61の始端側(現像剤搬送方向上流端側)および終端側(現像剤搬送方向下流端側)と、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43が配置された第2搬送路62の終端側および始端側とが、仕切り壁48に設けられている連通口を経由して連通している。したがって、現像剤は、図2において矢印で示す現像剤供給スクリュー42と現像剤攪拌スクリュー43の回転方向に、かつ、現像容器60内を略水平方向に循環し、その一部が第1現像ローラ30に向かって供給される。 The developer transport directions of the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43 are opposite to each other. The start side (upstream end in the developer transport direction) and end side (downstream end in the developer transport direction) of the first transport path 61 in which the developer supply screw 42 is arranged are connected to the end side and start side of the second transport path 62 in which the developer agitation screw 43 is arranged via a communication port provided in the partition wall 48. Therefore, the developer circulates in the rotation direction of the developer supply screw 42 and the developer agitation screw 43 indicated by the arrows in Figure 2, and also in a substantially horizontal direction within the developing container 60, and a portion of it is supplied toward the first developing roller 30.
現像剤補給口51(図2参照)は、現像容器60において現像剤攪拌スクリュー43上方に配置され、かつ、現像剤貯蔵部27Y(図1参照)と連結されている。そして、現像剤補給口51は、現像剤貯蔵部27Yに装填されているボトルに収納されている現像剤を、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43が配置された第2搬送路62に補給可能に構成されている。 The developer supply port 51 (see Figure 2) is located above the developer stirring screw 43 in the developer container 60 and is connected to the developer storage unit 27Y (see Figure 1). The developer supply port 51 is configured to be able to supply developer stored in a bottle loaded in the developer storage unit 27Y to the second conveying path 62 in which the developer stirring screw 43 is located.
上述のように、現像剤貯蔵部27Yのボトルに収納されている現像剤のトナー重量比は、現像装置1Yにおける現像剤のトナー重量比より大きいため、現像剤攪拌スクリュー43に補給される現像剤を調整することによって、現像装置1における現像剤のトナー重量比を一定に維持することが可能である。 As mentioned above, the toner weight ratio of the developer stored in the bottle of developer storage unit 27Y is greater than the toner weight ratio of the developer in developing device 1Y, so by adjusting the developer supplied to the developer stirring screw 43, it is possible to maintain a constant toner weight ratio of the developer in developing device 1Y.
トナー濃度検出センサ49(図2参照)は、現像剤循環部46に含まれる現像剤中のトナー濃度を検出するために配置されている。トナー濃度検出センサ49は、現像剤の透磁率を検知するセンサである。トナー濃度は、現像装置1Yにおけるトナーの消費量に対応するため、現像剤貯蔵部27Yからの現像剤補給の制御に利用される。例えば、トナー濃度が所定値より低下したことが検出されると、現像剤貯蔵部27Yから現像剤が補給される。なお、現像剤の透磁率は、トナー濃度より変化するため、透磁率を利用してトナー濃度を検出することが可能である。 The toner concentration detection sensor 49 (see Figure 2) is arranged to detect the toner concentration in the developer contained in the developer circulation unit 46. The toner concentration detection sensor 49 is a sensor that detects the magnetic permeability of the developer. The toner concentration corresponds to the amount of toner consumed in the developing device 1Y, and is therefore used to control the replenishment of developer from the developer storage unit 27Y. For example, when it is detected that the toner concentration has dropped below a predetermined value, developer is replenished from the developer storage unit 27Y. Note that the magnetic permeability of the developer changes depending on the toner concentration, so it is possible to detect the toner concentration using magnetic permeability.
規制部材50は、第1現像ローラ30に隣接して配置され、現像剤循環部46から第1現像ローラ30に供給される現像剤の量を規制するために使用される。規制部材50は、例えば、第1現像ローラ30の第1スリーブ33の表面と、規制部材50の端部との間の隙間に基づいて、第1現像ローラ30に吸着される現像剤の量を規制するように構成することが可能である。 The regulating member 50 is positioned adjacent to the first developing roller 30 and is used to regulate the amount of developer supplied to the first developing roller 30 from the developer circulating section 46. The regulating member 50 can be configured to regulate the amount of developer attracted to the first developing roller 30, for example, based on the gap between the surface of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30 and the end of the regulating member 50.
現像容器60内の現像剤の循環経路は、現像剤循環部46において撹拌されながら略水平方向に搬送された後、第1現像ローラ30に供給され、第1現像ローラ30から上方の第2現像ローラ31に対し、磁力に基づき受け渡される。次いで、第2現像ローラ31から第2現像ローラ31側面の剥離ローラ32に対し、再度磁力に基づき受渡された後、剥離ローラ32に内包される第3磁石38により、剥離ローラ32から剥離され、更に、現像剤回収部47に回収され、再び現像剤循環部46に導入される。 The developer circulation path within the developer container 60 is such that the developer is transported in a substantially horizontal direction while being agitated in the developer circulation section 46, and then supplied to the first developing roller 30, from which it is transferred by magnetic force to the second developing roller 31 above. Next, the developer is transferred again by magnetic force from the second developing roller 31 to the peeling roller 32 on the side of the second developing roller 31, and then peeled off from the peeling roller 32 by the third magnet 38 contained within the peeling roller 32, and then collected in the developer collection section 47 and introduced back into the developer circulation section 46.
また、上述のように本実施形態では、現像方式として二成分現像方式を用い、現像剤はマイナス帯電極性の非磁性のトナーと、磁性を有するキャリアを混合したものを用いている。非磁性トナーは、磁性キャリアとの摩擦帯電によりマイナスに帯電し、磁性キャリアはプラスに帯電する。非磁性トナーはポリエステル、スチレンアクリル等の樹脂に着色料、ワックス成分などを内包し、粉砕あるいは重合によって粉体としたものに、酸化チタン、シリカ等の微粉末を表面に添加したものである。磁性キャリアは、フェライト粒子や磁性粉を混錬した樹脂粒子からなるコアの表層に樹脂コートを施したものである。初期状態の現像剤中のトナー濃度(現像剤中に含まれるトナーの重量比)は、本実施形態では8%である。 As mentioned above, this embodiment uses a two-component development method, and the developer is a mixture of negatively charged non-magnetic toner and magnetic carrier. The non-magnetic toner becomes negatively charged due to friction with the magnetic carrier, while the magnetic carrier becomes positively charged. The non-magnetic toner is made by incorporating colorants, wax components, etc. into resins such as polyester or styrene acrylic, which are then ground or polymerized into powder, with fine powders such as titanium oxide or silica added to the surface. The magnetic carrier is made by coating the surface of a core made of resin particles kneaded with ferrite particles or magnetic powder. In this embodiment, the initial toner concentration in the developer (weight ratio of toner contained in the developer) is 8%.
なお、磁性キャリアは印加磁場が1000エルステッド(79577A/m)において、40Am2/kg以上、80Am2/kg以下の単位重さあたりの磁化量を有することが好ましい。磁性キャリアの磁化量を小さくすると、磁気ブラシによるスキャベンジングを抑制する効果があるが、現像ローラ内部の磁石による非磁性のスリーブへの磁性キャリア付着が困難となり、感光ドラムへの磁性キャリア付着等の画像不良が生じることがある。なお、スキャベンジングとは、一旦現像を終えた磁性キャリアによって、現像されたトナーを掻き取ってしまう現象である。また、磁性キャリアの磁化量が上記範囲より大きいと、上述のように磁気ブラシの圧力により画像不良を生じることがある。本実施形態では、単位重さあたりの磁化量が63Am2/kgの磁性キャリアを用いた。 It is preferable that the magnetic carrier have a magnetization amount per unit weight of 40 Am 2 /kg or more and 80 Am 2 /kg or less when an applied magnetic field of 1000 oersted (79577 A/m) is applied. Reducing the magnetization amount of the magnetic carrier has the effect of suppressing scavenging by the magnetic brush, but it also makes it difficult for the magnetic carrier to adhere to the non-magnetic sleeve due to the magnet inside the developing roller, which may result in image defects such as magnetic carrier adhesion to the photosensitive drum. Scavenging is a phenomenon in which the developed toner is scraped off by the magnetic carrier once development has been completed. Furthermore, if the magnetization amount of the magnetic carrier is greater than the above range, image defects may occur due to the pressure of the magnetic brush, as described above. In this embodiment, a magnetic carrier with a magnetization amount per unit weight of 63 Am 2 /kg was used.
磁性キャリアの磁化量は、理研電子(株)製の振動磁場型磁気特性自動記録装置BHV−30を用いて測定した。磁性キャリアの磁気特性値は、1000エルステッドの外部磁場を作り、その時の磁化の強さを求める。磁性キャリアは円筒状のプラスチック容器に十分密になるようにパッキングした状態にする。この状態で磁化モーメントを測定し、試料を入れた時の実際の重量を測定し、磁化の強さ(Am2/kg)を求める。 The magnetization amount of the magnetic carrier was measured using a vibration magnetic field type magnetic property automatic recording device BHV-30 manufactured by Riken Denshi Co., Ltd. The magnetic property value of the magnetic carrier was determined by creating an external magnetic field of 1000 oersted and determining the magnetization strength at that time. The magnetic carrier was packed in a cylindrical plastic container so that it was sufficiently dense. In this state, the magnetization moment was measured, and the actual weight when the sample was placed was measured to determine the magnetization strength ( Am2 /kg).
磁性キャリアの真比重は、島津製作所(株)製の乾式自動密度形アキュピック1330により求められる。本実施形態では、真比重(密度)が4.6(g/cm3)の磁性キャリアを用いた。また、磁性キャリアの重量平均径が35μm(半径b=17.5μm)のものを用いた。 The true specific gravity of the magnetic carrier was measured using a dry automatic density analyzer, Accupyc 1330, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. In this embodiment, a magnetic carrier having a true specific gravity (density) of 4.6 (g/cm 3 ) was used. The magnetic carrier had a weight average diameter of 35 μm (radius b = 17.5 μm).
一般に、トナー及びキャリアを用いた二成分現像方式は、トナーとキャリアとを摩擦接触させることによって両者を所定の極性に荷電させるため、一成分現像剤を用いた一成分現像方式よりも、トナーの受けるストレスが少ないという特徴を有している。一方で、長期間の使用により、キャリア表面に付着した汚れ(スペント)が増加し、そのためにトナーを帯電する能力が次第に低下する。その結果、かぶりやトナー飛散の問題が発生する。
二成分現像装置の長寿命化を図るために、現像装置に収容するキャリアの量を増やすことも考えられるが、これは現像装置の大型化を招くために望ましくない。
Generally, two-component development systems using toner and carrier charge both to a predetermined polarity through frictional contact between the toner and carrier, which means that the toner is subjected to less stress than single-component development systems using a single-component developer. However, over time, the amount of dirt (spent) adhering to the carrier surface increases, gradually reducing the carrier's ability to charge the toner. This results in problems such as fogging and toner scattering.
In order to extend the life of the two-component developing device, it is conceivable to increase the amount of carrier contained in the developing device, but this is not desirable because it would increase the size of the developing device.
二成分現像剤に係る上記問題を解消するため、本実施形態では、ACR(Auto Carrier Refresh)方式を採用している。ACR方式は、現像剤貯蔵部27Yより新規の現像剤を少しずつ現像装置1Y内に補給するとともに、帯電性能の劣化した現像剤を少しずつ現像装置1Yの排出口(非図示)から排出することによって、劣化キャリアの増加を抑制する方式である。これにより、現像装置1Y内の劣化キャリアが少しずつ新規キャリアに置換され、現像装置1Y内のキャリアの帯電性能を大略一定に保つことが可能となる。
[各磁石の磁極について]
To solve the above problems associated with two-component developers, this embodiment employs an ACR (Auto Carrier Refresh) system. The ACR system suppresses an increase in degraded carrier by gradually replenishing new developer from the developer storage unit 27Y into the developing device 1Y and gradually discharging developer with degraded charging performance from an outlet (not shown) of the developing device 1Y. This allows the degraded carrier in the developing device 1Y to be gradually replaced with new carrier, making it possible to maintain the charging performance of the carrier in the developing device 1Y at a substantially constant level.
[About the magnetic poles of each magnet]
次に、図3、図4および図5に示される第1現像ローラ30、第2現像ローラ31及び剥離ローラ32に内包される第1磁石36、第2磁石37及び第3磁石38の磁極構成について説明する。 Next, we will explain the magnetic pole configurations of the first magnet 36, second magnet 37, and third magnet 38 contained in the first developing roller 30, second developing roller 31, and peeling roller 32 shown in Figures 3, 4, and 5.
図3に示すように、第1現像ローラ30に内包される第1磁石36は、複数の磁極101、102、103、104、105、106、107の合計7極を有する。このうちの磁極107は、第1現像ローラ30から第2現像ローラ31に現像剤を受け渡すための受渡極である。磁極101~107は、第1スリーブ33の回転方向に番号順に配置されている。上述したように、図3に示す磁極101~107の実線は、第1磁石36の磁束密度の第1スリーブ33の表面に対する法線成分Br(第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における磁束密度Br、以下、単に「磁束密度Br」或いは「法線成分Br」と示す場合がある)の大きさのピーク値(最大値)の位置(極位置)を表す。これは、図4に示す第2磁石37の磁極201~207、及び、図5に示す第3磁石38の磁極301~305についても同様である。 As shown in Figure 3, the first magnet 36 contained within the first developing roller 30 has a total of seven poles: multiple magnetic poles 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, and 107. Of these, magnetic pole 107 is a transfer pole for transferring developer from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31. The magnetic poles 101 to 107 are arranged in numerical order in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33. As mentioned above, the solid lines of the magnetic poles 101 to 107 shown in Figure 3 represent the positions (pole positions) of the peak values (maximum values) of the magnitude of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first magnet 36 relative to the surface of the first sleeve 33 (magnetic flux density Br in the normal direction relative to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33; hereinafter, this may be simply referred to as "magnetic flux density Br" or "normal component Br"). The same applies to the magnetic poles 201-207 of the second magnet 37 shown in Figure 4 and the magnetic poles 301-305 of the third magnet 38 shown in Figure 5.
受渡極としての磁極107は、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37と連携して発生する磁界により第1スリーブ33から第2スリーブ34に現像剤を受け渡すための磁極であり、以降、磁極107を受渡極107と呼ぶ場合がある。また、磁極101はN極であり、現像剤供給スクリュー42から供給される現像剤を第1スリーブ33上に吸着するために使用される。磁極102、103、104、105および106は、S極、N極、S極、N極およびS極であり、第1スリーブ33の回転に伴って、磁極101により吸着された現像剤を上方に搬送するために使用される。磁極107は、N極であり、上述のように第2現像ローラ31に内包される第2磁石37中の磁極201と連携して発生する磁界によって、第1スリーブ33から、第1スリーブ33と対向する第2スリーブ34に現像剤を受け渡す。 Magnetic pole 107, which serves as a transfer pole, transfers developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34 by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31. Hereinafter, magnetic pole 107 may be referred to as transfer pole 107. Magnetic pole 101 is a north pole and is used to attract developer supplied from the developer supply screw 42 onto the first sleeve 33. Magnetic poles 102, 103, 104, 105, and 106 are south, north, south, north, and south poles and are used to transport the developer attracted by magnetic pole 101 upward as the first sleeve 33 rotates. Magnetic pole 107 is a north pole and, as described above, transfers developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34, which faces the first sleeve 33, by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with magnetic pole 201 in the second magnet 37 contained within the second developing roller 31.
また、本実施形態では、第1スリーブ33の回転方向に関して受渡極107の下流側に配置され、且つ、受渡極107と同極である磁極101と、受渡極107との間で連携して発生する反発磁界によって、受渡極107よりも磁力が低い低磁力部110を形成している。この低磁力部110により、第1スリーブ33から第2スリーブ34への現像剤の受け渡しが促進される。なお、低磁力部110は、本実施形態では磁力をほぼ有さないが、低い磁力があっても良く、例えば、その磁力(磁束密度の法線成分Br)が5mT以下の磁極であっても良い。これは、図4に示す第2磁石37の低磁力部210、及び、図5に示す第3磁石38の低磁力部310についても同様である。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, a low magnetic force portion 110 having a lower magnetic force than the delivery pole 107 is formed by a repulsive magnetic field generated in cooperation between the delivery pole 107 and the magnetic pole 101, which is disposed downstream of the delivery pole 107 in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33 and has the same polarity as the delivery pole 107. This low magnetic force portion 110 promotes the transfer of developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34. Note that, while the low magnetic force portion 110 has almost no magnetic force in this embodiment, it may have a low magnetic force. For example, the magnetic force (normal component Br of the magnetic flux density) may be 5 mT or less. The same applies to the low magnetic force portion 210 of the second magnet 37 shown in FIG. 4 and the low magnetic force portion 310 of the third magnet 38 shown in FIG. 5.
図4に示すように、第2現像ローラ31に内包される第2磁石37は、複数の磁極201、202、203、204、205、206、207の合計7極を有する。このうちの磁極201は、第2現像ローラ31が第1現像ローラ30から現像剤を受け取るための受取極である。磁極201~207は、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に番号順に配置されている。 As shown in Figure 4, the second magnet 37 contained within the second developing roller 31 has a total of seven poles: multiple magnetic poles 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, and 207. Of these, magnetic pole 201 is a receiving pole that allows the second developing roller 31 to receive developer from the first developing roller 30. The magnetic poles 201 to 207 are arranged in numerical order in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34.
受取極としての磁極201は、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の磁極107と連携して発生する磁界により第1スリーブ33から第2スリーブ34に現像剤を受け取り吸着させるための磁極であり、以降、磁極201を受取極201と呼ぶ場合がある。磁極207は、剥離ローラ32の第3磁石38と連携して発生する磁界により第2スリーブ34から第3スリーブ35に現像剤を受け渡すための磁極である。 The magnetic pole 201 serving as a receiving pole is a magnetic pole that receives and attracts developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34 by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with the magnetic pole 107 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30, and hereafter may be referred to as the receiving pole 201. The magnetic pole 207 is a magnetic pole that transfers developer from the second sleeve 34 to the third sleeve 35 by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with the third magnet 38 of the peeling roller 32.
また、受取極201は、受渡極107とは異極のS極であり、上述のように第1現像ローラ30(第1スリーブ33)から現像剤を第2スリーブ34上に吸着するために使用される。磁極202、203、204、205、および206は、N極、S極、N極、S極、およびN極であり、第2スリーブ34の回転に伴って、磁極201により吸着された現像剤を上方に搬送するために使用される。磁極207は、S極であり、磁極203に対応する感光ドラム28Yとの現像領域通過後の現像剤を、剥離ローラ32に内包される第3磁石38中の磁極303と連携して発生する磁界によって第2スリーブ34から、第2スリーブ34と対向する第3スリーブ35に現像剤を受け渡す。 Furthermore, receiving pole 201 is an S pole, different in polarity from handover pole 107, and is used to attract developer from first developing roller 30 (first sleeve 33) onto second sleeve 34 as described above. Magnetic poles 202, 203, 204, 205, and 206 are N, S, N, S, and N poles, and are used to transport developer attracted by magnetic pole 201 upward as second sleeve 34 rotates. Magnetic pole 207 is an S pole, and transfers the developer after passing through the development area with photosensitive drum 28Y corresponding to magnetic pole 203 from second sleeve 34 to third sleeve 35, which faces second sleeve 34, by a magnetic field generated in cooperation with magnetic pole 303 in third magnet 38 contained within peeling roller 32.
また、本実施形態では、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して受取極201の上流側に配置され、且つ、受取極201と同極である磁極207と、受取極201との間で連携して発生する反発磁界によって、磁極207よりも磁力が低い低磁力部210を形成している。この低磁力部210により、第1スリーブ33から第2スリーブ34への現像剤の受け渡しが促進される。また、低磁力部210により、第1スリーブ33と第2スリーブ34の最近接部に現像剤が吸引されることを防ぐことができ、現像剤にかかる圧を抑制できる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, a low magnetic force portion 210 with a lower magnetic force than the magnetic pole 207 is formed by a repulsive magnetic field generated in cooperation between the magnetic pole 207, which is positioned upstream of the receiving pole 201 in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34 and has the same polarity as the receiving pole 201. This low magnetic force portion 210 promotes the transfer of developer from the first sleeve 33 to the second sleeve 34. Furthermore, the low magnetic force portion 210 prevents developer from being attracted to the closest part of the first sleeve 33 and second sleeve 34, thereby reducing the pressure applied to the developer.
図5に示すように、剥離ローラ32に内包される第3磁石38は、複数の磁極301、302、303、304、305を有する。磁極301~305は、第3スリーブ35の回転方向に番号順に配置されている。 As shown in Figure 5, the third magnet 38 contained within the peeling roller 32 has multiple magnetic poles 301, 302, 303, 304, and 305. The magnetic poles 301 to 305 are arranged in numerical order in the rotational direction of the third sleeve 35.
磁極303は、磁極207と異極のN極であり、上述のように第2スリーブ34から剥離された現像剤を第3スリーブ35に吸着するために使用される。磁極301、302、および304は、N極、S極、およびS極であり、第3スリーブ35の回転に伴って、第3スリーブ35上の現像剤を搬送するために使用される。特に、磁極304は、第3スリーブ35の回転に伴って、磁極303により吸着された現像剤を下方に搬送するために使用される。磁極305は、N極であり、同極である磁極301と連携して発生する反発磁界によって、第3スリーブ35に吸着されている現像剤を、第3スリーブ35から剥離するために使用される剥離極である。
[磁極の配置関係]
Magnetic pole 303 is an N pole opposite to magnetic pole 207, and is used to attract the developer peeled off from second sleeve 34 to third sleeve 35 as described above. Magnetic poles 301, 302, and 304 are N pole, S pole, and S pole, and are used to transport the developer on third sleeve 35 as third sleeve 35 rotates. In particular, magnetic pole 304 is used to transport the developer attracted by magnetic pole 303 downward as third sleeve 35 rotates. Magnetic pole 305 is an N pole and is a peeling pole used to peel off the developer attracted to third sleeve 35 from third sleeve 35 by a repulsive magnetic field generated in cooperation with magnetic pole 301 of the same polarity.
[Magnetic pole arrangement]
次に、図6を用いて、第1現像ローラ30の内部に配置され第1磁石36の磁極と、第2現像ローラ31の内部に配置される第2磁石37の磁極の配置関係について説明する。
図6は、本実施形態の第1現像ローラ30、第2現像ローラ31、感光ドラム28Yの配置を説明する概念図である。第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の磁極105は、N極であり、第1スリーブ33を介して感光ドラム28Yと対向する位置に配置されており、感光ドラム28Y上に形成された静電潜像を現像するための磁極である。以降、磁極105を第1現像極105と呼ぶ場合がある。なお、受渡極107は、第1スリーブ33の回転方向に関して第1現像極105の下流側に位置し、第1現像極105と同極の磁極であって、上述のように、第1現像ローラ30から第2現像ローラ31に現像剤を受け渡すための磁極である。
Next, the positional relationship between the magnetic poles of the first magnet 36 arranged inside the first developing roller 30 and the magnetic poles of the second magnet 37 arranged inside the second developing roller 31 will be described with reference to FIG.
6 is a conceptual diagram illustrating the arrangement of the first developing roller 30, the second developing roller 31, and the photosensitive drum 28Y in this embodiment. The magnetic pole 105 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30 is an N pole and is positioned opposite the photosensitive drum 28Y across the first sleeve 33. This magnetic pole is used to develop the electrostatic latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y. Hereinafter, the magnetic pole 105 may be referred to as the first developing pole 105. The delivery pole 107 is located downstream of the first developing pole 105 in the rotational direction of the first sleeve 33, has the same polarity as the first developing pole 105, and is used to deliver the developer from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31, as described above.
上述したように、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36は、7極の磁極を備えている。これは出力画像の高画質化を目的とする。出力画像を高画質にするためには、感光ドラム28Yに第1スリーブ33を介して対向した磁極である第1現像極105の磁力で形成される現像剤の磁気穂が緻密になっていることが好ましい。現像剤の磁気穂を緻密にするためには、第1現像極105の磁気力を強くする。第1現像極105の磁気力を強くすると、現像剤中の磁性キャリアが第1現像ローラ30の第1スリーブ33の表面に引き付けられやすくなり、磁気穂を緻密にすることができる。 As mentioned above, the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30 has seven magnetic poles. This is intended to improve the quality of the output image. To achieve high quality output images, it is preferable that the magnetic chains of the developer formed by the magnetic force of the first developing pole 105, which is the magnetic pole facing the photosensitive drum 28Y via the first sleeve 33, are dense. To make the magnetic chains of the developer dense, the magnetic force of the first developing pole 105 is strengthened. By strengthening the magnetic force of the first developing pole 105, the magnetic carrier in the developer is more easily attracted to the surface of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30, making the magnetic chains denser.
第1現像極105の磁気力を強くするためには、第1現像極105の磁束密度の絶対値を大きくするか、磁束密度の変化(距離に関する微分)を大きくする。本実施形態においては、第1現像極105の磁束密度Brの絶対値を150mT以上と大きくするとともに、第1磁石36を7極とすることで、第1スリーブ33の回転方向に関して第1現像極105の上下流40°以内の近接領域に磁極(搬送極)104、106を配置し、磁束密度の変化が大きくなるようにしている。この結果、第1現像極105の磁気力を大きくすることができ、磁気穂を緻密になり、出力画像の高画質化が可能となる。 In order to strengthen the magnetic force of the first development pole 105, either the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole 105 is increased, or the change in magnetic flux density (differential with respect to distance) is increased. In this embodiment, the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first development pole 105 is increased to 150 mT or more, and the first magnet 36 has seven poles. This positions the magnetic poles (transport poles) 104 and 106 in a close area within 40° upstream and downstream of the first development pole 105 in the direction of rotation of the first sleeve 33, thereby increasing the change in magnetic flux density. As a result, the magnetic force of the first development pole 105 can be increased, the magnetic chains become denser, and higher quality output images can be achieved.
そこで、本実施形態においては、第1現像極105の現像剤搬送方向下流側で、第1現像極105と受渡極107の間に、磁極(第1現像下流極、第1下流極)106を隣接して配置している。また、第1現像極105の現像剤搬送方向上流側には、磁極(第1現像上流極、第1上流極)104を隣接して配置している。即ち、磁極106は、第1スリーブ33の回転方向に関して、第1現像極105の下流側に隣接し、且つ、受渡極107の上流側に隣接して位置し、第1現像極105と異極の磁極である。以降、磁極106を第1現像下流極106と呼ぶ場合がある。また、磁極104は、第1スリーブ33の回転方向に関して、第1現像極105の上流側に隣接して位置し、第1現像極105と異極の磁極である。以降、磁極104を第1現像上流極104と呼ぶ場合がある。 Therefore, in this embodiment, a magnetic pole (first developing downstream pole, first downstream pole) 106 is arranged adjacent to the first developing pole 105 between the first developing pole 105 and the delivery pole 107, downstream of the first developing pole 105 in the developer transport direction. Furthermore, a magnetic pole (first developing upstream pole, first upstream pole) 104 is arranged adjacent to the first developing pole 105 upstream of the first developing pole 105 in the developer transport direction. In other words, the magnetic pole 106 is located adjacent to the downstream side of the first developing pole 105 and adjacent to the upstream side of the delivery pole 107 in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the first developing pole 105. Hereinafter, the magnetic pole 106 may be referred to as the first developing downstream pole 106. Furthermore, the magnetic pole 104 is located adjacent to the upstream side of the first developing pole 105 in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the first developing pole 105. Hereinafter, the magnetic pole 104 may be referred to as the first development upstream pole 104.
感光ドラム28Yの第1現像極105が第1スリーブ33を介して対向する部分よりも感光ドラム28Yの回転方向下流側においては、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の磁極203が第2スリーブ34を介して感光ドラム28Yに略対向して配置されている。即ち、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の磁極203は、S極であり、第2スリーブ34を介して感光ドラム28Yと対向する位置に配置されており、感光ドラム28Y上に形成された静電潜像を現像するための磁極である。以降、磁極203を第2現像極203と呼ぶ場合がある。なお、受取極201は、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して第2現像極203の上流側に位置し、第2現像極203と同極、且つ、受渡極107と異極の磁極であって、上述のように、第2現像ローラ31が第1現像ローラ30から現像剤を受け取るための磁極である。 Downstream in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y from the portion where the first developing pole 105 of the photosensitive drum 28Y faces across the first sleeve 33, the magnetic pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 is positioned approximately facing the photosensitive drum 28Y across the second sleeve 34. That is, the magnetic pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 is an S pole, is positioned facing the photosensitive drum 28Y across the second sleeve 34, and is a magnetic pole for developing the electrostatic latent image formed on the photosensitive drum 28Y. Hereinafter, the magnetic pole 203 may be referred to as the second developing pole 203. The receiving pole 201 is positioned upstream of the second developing pole 203 in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34, has the same polarity as the second developing pole 203 but is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the delivery pole 107, and is a magnetic pole for the second developing roller 31 to receive developer from the first developing roller 30, as described above.
第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36と同様の高画質化の理由で、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37も第2現像極203の磁束密度Brの絶対値を150mT以上と大きくするとともに、第2磁石37を7極とすることで、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して第2現像極203の上下流40°以内の近接領域に磁極(搬送極)202、204を配置し、磁束密度の変化が大きくなるようにしている。本実施形態では、第2現像極203の現像剤搬送方向上流側で、第2現像極203と受取極201の間には、磁極(第2現像上流極、第2上流極)202を隣接して配置している。また、第2現像極203の現像剤搬送方向下流側には、磁極(第2現像下流極、第2下流極)204を隣接して配置している。 For the same reasons as the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30, to achieve high image quality, the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 is increased to 150 mT or more, and the second magnet 37 has seven poles. This allows the magnetic poles (transport poles) 202 and 204 to be positioned in a close area within 40° upstream and downstream of the second developing pole 203 in the direction of rotation of the second sleeve 34, thereby increasing the change in magnetic flux density. In this embodiment, the magnetic pole (second developing upstream pole, second upstream pole) 202 is positioned adjacent to the second developing pole 203 and the receiving pole 201, upstream of the second developing pole 203 in the developer transport direction. In addition, the magnetic pole (second developing downstream pole, second downstream pole) 204 is positioned adjacent to the second developing pole 203 downstream of the second developing pole 203 in the developer transport direction.
即ち、磁極202は、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して、第2現像極203の上流側に隣接し、且つ、受取極201の下流側に隣接して位置し、第2現像極203と異極の磁極である。以降、磁極202を第2現像上流極202と呼ぶ場合がある。また、磁極204は、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して、第2現像極203の下流側に隣接して位置し、第2現像極203と異極の磁極である。以降、磁極204を第2現像下流極204と呼ぶ場合がある。 In other words, the magnetic pole 202 is located adjacent to the upstream side of the second developing pole 203 and adjacent to the downstream side of the receiving pole 201 in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the second developing pole 203. Hereinafter, the magnetic pole 202 may be referred to as the second developing upstream pole 202. Furthermore, the magnetic pole 204 is located adjacent to the downstream side of the second developing pole 203 in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34, and is a magnetic pole of a different polarity from the second developing pole 203. Hereinafter, the magnetic pole 204 may be referred to as the second developing downstream pole 204.
上述したように、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の第1現像極105と受渡極107の間に第1現像下流極106を備え、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の第2現像極203と受取極201の間に第2現像上流極202を備えた場合には、スジ状のかぶり(異常画像)による画像不良が発生しやすくなる懸念がある。スジ状のかぶり(異常画像)について説明する。通常、第1現像ローラ30から第2現像ローラ31への現像剤の受け渡しは、近接した第1現像ローラ30の受渡極107と第2現像ローラ31の受取極201との間で行われる。即ち、受渡極107と受取極201が互いに異極なため、両磁極107、201間で磁界が形成されて、第1現像ローラ30から第2現像ローラ31に現像剤の移動し受け渡しが行われる。 As mentioned above, if the first downstream developing pole 106 is provided between the first developing pole 105 and the delivery pole 107 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30, and the second upstream developing pole 202 is provided between the second developing pole 203 and the receiving pole 201 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31, there is a concern that image defects due to streaky fogging (abnormal images) may be more likely to occur. Streaky fogging (abnormal images) will now be explained. Typically, developer is transferred from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31 between the nearby delivery pole 107 of the first developing roller 30 and the receiving pole 201 of the second developing roller 31. In other words, because the delivery pole 107 and the receiving pole 201 have opposite polarities, a magnetic field is formed between the magnetic poles 107, 201, causing the developer to move and be transferred from the first developing roller 30 to the second developing roller 31.
しかしながら、本実施形態のように、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105と受渡極107の間に第1現像下流極106と、第2現像ローラ31の第2現像極203と受取極201の間に第2現像上流極202を配置すると、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像下流極106と第2現像ローラ31の第2現像上流極202は互いに異極で構成されるため、両磁極106、202間で磁界が生じてしまう。この両磁極106、202間の磁界によって現像剤の移動が生じると、両磁極106、202間で移動している現像剤が感光ドラム28Yに接触し、出力画像上に縦スジ状のかぶりが発生してしまう虞がある。 However, as in this embodiment, when the first downstream developing pole 106 is positioned between the first developing pole 105 and the delivery pole 107 of the first developing roller 30, and the second upstream developing pole 202 is positioned between the second developing pole 203 and the delivery pole 201 of the second developing roller 31, the first downstream developing pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 and the second upstream developing pole 202 of the second developing roller 31 are composed of opposite poles, and a magnetic field is generated between the magnetic poles 106, 202. If the magnetic field between the magnetic poles 106, 202 causes the developer to move, the developer moving between the magnetic poles 106, 202 may come into contact with the photosensitive drum 28Y, potentially causing vertical streak-like fogging on the output image.
このようなスジ状のかぶり(異常画像)の発生を抑制するためには、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像下流極106と第2現像ローラ31の第2現像上流極202の磁束密度を小さくし、両磁極106、202間に磁界が形成されにくくすることが好ましい。 In order to prevent the occurrence of such streaky fogging (abnormal images), it is preferable to reduce the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 and the second upstream developing pole 202 of the second developing roller 31, making it difficult for a magnetic field to form between the two magnetic poles 106, 202.
次に、キャリア付着に有利な磁極構成について、図7及び図8を用いて説明する。図7及び図8は、現像ローラと感光ドラムの対向領域における磁力線の様子を模式的に示す図である。図7及び図8では、感光ドラム及び現像ローラがそれぞれ矢印で示す方向に回転し、現像ローラの回転方向に関して現像極Nの上流に磁極S1が位置し、現像極Nの下流に磁極S2が位置する。なお、図7及び図8に示す現像ローラは、第1現像ローラ30又は第2現像ローラ31に対応するものである。 Next, the magnetic pole configuration that is advantageous for carrier adhesion will be explained using Figures 7 and 8. Figures 7 and 8 are diagrams that schematically show the state of the magnetic field lines in the opposing area between the developing roller and photosensitive drum. In Figures 7 and 8, the photosensitive drum and developing roller rotate in the directions indicated by the arrows, with magnetic pole S1 located upstream of developing pole N in the direction of rotation of the developing roller, and magnetic pole S2 located downstream of developing pole N. The developing rollers shown in Figures 7 and 8 correspond to the first developing roller 30 or second developing roller 31.
キャリア付着は、感光ドラム28Yに磁性キャリアが付着し、画像上で顕在化する現象である。キャリア付着は、第1現像ローラ30及び第2現像ローラ31と感光ドラム28Yの対向領域において、現像バイアスの作用によって現像剤中の磁性キャリアにマイナスの電荷が注入され、プラス極性に帯電していた磁性キャリアがトナーと同じマイナス極性となり、トナーとともに磁性キャリアが感光ドラム28Yに飛翔することで発生する。 Carrier adhesion is a phenomenon in which magnetic carrier adheres to the photosensitive drum 28Y and becomes apparent on the image. Carrier adhesion occurs when a negative charge is injected into the magnetic carrier in the developer due to the action of the development bias in the area where the first and second developing rollers 30, 31, and photosensitive drum 28Y face each other, causing the positively charged magnetic carrier to become negatively charged, the same polarity as the toner, and causing the magnetic carrier to fly to the photosensitive drum 28Y along with the toner.
このため、磁性キャリアが第1現像ローラ30及び第2現像ローラ31と感光ドラム28Yの対向領域に長く滞在すると、磁性キャリアへのマイナス電荷注入が促進され、キャリア付着が発生しやすい。先にも述べたように、本実形態においては、トナー劣化抑制のために感光ドラム28Yの表面線速に対する第1現像ローラ30及び第2現像ローラ31の第1スリーブ33及び第2スリーブ34の表面線速の比を1.0~1.2と低く抑えている。この結果、磁性キャリアが第1現像ローラ30及び第2現像ローラ31と感光ドラム28Yの対向領域に長く滞在しやすく、磁性キャリアへのマイナス電荷注入が促進されやすい。このため、本実施形態の構成のでは、キャリア付着への対応がより求められる。 For this reason, if the magnetic carrier remains for a long time in the opposing region between the first and second developing rollers 30 and 31 and the photosensitive drum 28Y, negative charge injection into the magnetic carrier is promoted, making carrier adhesion more likely to occur. As mentioned above, in this embodiment, in order to suppress toner degradation, the ratio of the surface linear speed of the first and second sleeves 33 and 34 of the first and second developing rollers 30 and 31 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y is kept low at 1.0 to 1.2. As a result, the magnetic carrier remains for a long time in the opposing region between the first and second developing rollers 30 and 31 and the photosensitive drum 28Y, making negative charge injection into the magnetic carrier more likely to occur. For this reason, the configuration of this embodiment requires greater attention to addressing carrier adhesion.
特に、上述の表面線速の比が1.4以下の場合は、キャリア付着への対応がより求められる。 In particular, when the surface linear velocity ratio is 1.4 or less, it is more important to address carrier adhesion.
発明者らの検討によれば、キャリア付着は、感光ドラム28Yの第1現像ローラ30及び第2現像ローラ31との対向領域よりも、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向下流側に現像剤の磁気穂が接触していると、感光ドラム28Yに磁性キャリアが残存しやすく、キャリア付着が発生しやすい傾向がある。このため、第1現像ローラ30及び第2現像ローラ31の各現像極付近の磁気穂が上流に伸びやすくし、下流側では磁気穂が素早く折りたたまれやすくすることで、上述の対向領域の下流側で現像剤の磁気穂が接しにくくすることができ、キャリア付着を発生しにくくできる。 According to the inventors' research, when the magnetic brush of the developer is in contact downstream in the direction of rotation of the photosensitive drum 28Y of the area where the photosensitive drum 28Y faces the first developing roller 30 and second developing roller 31, the magnetic carrier is more likely to remain on the photosensitive drum 28Y and carrier adhesion is more likely to occur. Therefore, by making the magnetic brush near each development pole of the first developing roller 30 and second developing roller 31 more likely to extend upstream and making the magnetic brush more likely to fold downstream, it is possible to make it less likely for the magnetic brush of the developer to come into contact downstream of the aforementioned facing area, making it less likely for carrier adhesion to occur.
現像剤の磁気穂は、現像剤中の磁性キャリアが磁力線に沿って連なることで形成される。このため、現像極付近の磁気穂を上流方向に伸びやすくするためには、図7に示すように、磁力線が現像極Nの上流方向に伸びやすくするのが良い。図7は、現像極Nの上流側に隣接して位置する磁極S1よりも現像極Nの下流側に隣接して位置する磁極S2の方が磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が大きい場合の磁力線の様子を示す図である。この場合、現像極Nから伸びた磁力線のうち下流の磁極S2に伸びる磁力線の割合が増える。この結果、現像極Nから磁力線が上流に回り込みながら下流の磁極S2に伸びるため、現像極N付近の磁気穂を上流に伸びやすくすることができる。現像極Nから磁気穂が上流に伸びると、磁気穂は感光ドラムの上流側(図7の点線で囲われた部分)で接しやすく、かつ、下流側で接しづらくすることができ、キャリア付着を良化させることができる。 The magnetic wires of the developer are formed when the magnetic carrier in the developer is connected along the magnetic field lines. Therefore, to make it easier for the magnetic wires near the development pole to extend upstream, it is preferable to make the magnetic field lines extend upstream of the development pole N, as shown in Figure 7. Figure 7 shows the magnetic field lines when the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density is greater for the magnetic pole S2 located adjacent to the downstream side of the development pole N than for the magnetic pole S1 located adjacent to the upstream side of the development pole N. In this case, the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the development pole N that extend to the downstream magnetic pole S2 increases. As a result, the magnetic field lines from the development pole N bend upstream before extending to the downstream magnetic pole S2, making it easier for the magnetic wires near the development pole N to extend upstream. When the magnetic wires extend upstream from the development pole N, they are more likely to come into contact with the photosensitive drum on the upstream side (the area surrounded by the dotted line in Figure 7) and less likely to come into contact on the downstream side, improving carrier adhesion.
一方、図8は、現像極Nの下流側に隣接して位置する磁極S2よりも現像極Nの上流側に隣接して位置する磁極S1の方が磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が大きい場合の磁力線の様子を示す図である。この場合、現像極Nから伸びた磁力線のうち上流の磁極S1に伸びる磁力線の割合が増える。この結果、現像極Nから磁力線が下流に回り込みながら上流の磁極S1に伸びるため、現像極N付近の磁気穂が下流に伸びやすくなる。 On the other hand, Figure 8 shows the state of the magnetic field lines when the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density is greater for the magnetic pole S1 located adjacent to the upstream side of the development pole N than for the magnetic pole S2 located adjacent to the downstream side of the development pole N. In this case, the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the development pole N that extend to the upstream magnetic pole S1 increases. As a result, the magnetic field lines from the development pole N extend downstream while wrapping around to the upstream magnetic pole S1, making it easier for the magnetic brush near the development pole N to extend downstream.
現像極Nから磁気穂が下流に伸びると、磁気穂は感光ドラムの下流側(図8の点線で囲われた部分)で接しやすく、キャリア付着が発生しやすくなる懸念がある。感光ドラムの下流側で磁気穂が感光ドラムに接するとキャリア付着が発生しやすくなる理由の一つは、感光ドラムの下流側では感光ドラムと現像ローラの距離が徐々に遠くなっていくため、感光ドラムに付着した磁性キャリアを引き戻す磁気力が弱くなるためである。また、もう一つ理由は、感光ドラムに磁気穂が接する時間が長くなるためである。以下詳述する。 If the magnetic brush extends downstream from the development pole N, it is likely to come into contact with the photosensitive drum on the downstream side (the area surrounded by the dotted line in Figure 8), raising concerns that carrier adhesion may be more likely to occur. One reason why carrier adhesion is more likely to occur when the magnetic brush comes into contact with the photosensitive drum on the downstream side of the photosensitive drum is that the distance between the photosensitive drum and the development roller gradually increases downstream of the photosensitive drum, weakening the magnetic force that pulls back the magnetic carrier that has adhered to the photosensitive drum. Another reason is that the magnetic brush spends more time in contact with the photosensitive drum. This is explained in more detail below.
図8に示すように、磁気穂が感光ドラム下流側に伸びやすい場合においても、感光ドラムの上流側は感光ドラムと現像ローラとの距離が徐々に狭くなるため、現像剤が滞留し、磁気穂は上流側でも感光ドラムと接しやすい。そのため、磁気穂は感光ドラムの上流と下流の双方で接することとなる。その結果、感光ドラムに磁気穂が接する時間が長くなり、磁性キャリアへのマイナス電荷の注入が促進され、キャリア付着が発生し易くなると考えられる。但し、感光ドラムに磁気穂が接する時間が長くなると、上述のようにキャリア付着が発生し易くなる懸念がある一方で、感光ドラムへのトナー現像時間が増え、現像性に対しては有利である。 As shown in Figure 8, even when the magnetic brush tends to extend downstream of the photosensitive drum, the distance between the photosensitive drum and the developing roller gradually narrows upstream of the photosensitive drum, causing developer to accumulate and making it easier for the magnetic brush to come into contact with the photosensitive drum even on the upstream side. As a result, the magnetic brush comes into contact with the photosensitive drum both upstream and downstream. As a result, the magnetic brush spends more time in contact with the photosensitive drum, which promotes the injection of negative charge into the magnetic carrier and is thought to make carrier adhesion more likely to occur. However, while a longer contact time between the magnetic brush and the photosensitive drum raises concerns about carrier adhesion as mentioned above, it also increases the time for toner to develop on the photosensitive drum, which is advantageous for developability.
図7を用いて述べたようなキャリア付着対策を、図6で説明した感光ドラムとの対向部で同一方向に回転する2本の現像ローラを備え、かつ、各現像ローラの現像極と受け渡し領域の磁極間に搬送極を設けた構成に適用した場合、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像下流極106の磁束密度を大きくすることが良いこととなる。ここで、受渡領域の磁極とは、第1現像ローラ30の受渡極107と第2現像ローラ31の受取極201である。また、各現像ローラの現像極と受け渡し領域の磁極間に搬送極とは、第1現像ローラ30において第1現像極105と受渡極107との間の位置する第1現像下流極106、及び、第2現像ローラ31において第2現像極203と受取極201との間に位置する第2現像上流極202である。即ち、図6で説明した構成でキャリア付着対策を行おうとすると、図7で説明したように、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105の下流の第1現像下流極106の磁束密度を大きくすることが良い。しかしながら、上述したスジ状のかぶり(異常画像)を抑制する観点では、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像下流極106の磁束密度はできるだけ小さいほうが良い。このため、図6で説明した構成において、スジ状のかぶり(異常画像)の抑制とキャリア付着の抑制とを両立させることは難しい。 When the carrier adhesion countermeasures described using Figure 7 are applied to a configuration that includes two developing rollers that rotate in the same direction facing the photosensitive drum as described in Figure 6, and in which a transport pole is provided between the developing pole of each developing roller and the magnetic pole in the transfer area, it is advantageous to increase the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30. Here, the magnetic poles in the transfer area are the transfer pole 107 of the first developing roller 30 and the receiving pole 201 of the second developing roller 31. Furthermore, the transport poles between the developing poles of each developing roller and the magnetic poles in the transfer area are the first developing downstream pole 106 located between the first developing pole 105 and the transfer pole 107 on the first developing roller 30, and the second developing upstream pole 202 located between the second developing pole 203 and the receiving pole 201 on the second developing roller 31. That is, when trying to take measures against carrier adhesion with the configuration described in FIG. 6, it is best to increase the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 downstream of the first developing pole 105 of the first developing roller 30, as described in FIG. 7. However, from the perspective of suppressing the above-mentioned streak-like fog (abnormal image), it is better for the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 to be as small as possible. For this reason, it is difficult to simultaneously suppress streak-like fog (abnormal image) and carrier adhesion with the configuration described in FIG. 6.
そこで、本実施形態では、感光ドラムとの対向部で同一方向に回転する2本の現像ローラを備え、かつ、各現像ローラの現像極と受け渡し領域の磁極間に搬送極を設けた構成において、スジ状のかぶり(異常画像)の抑制とキャリア付着の抑制とを両立させるべく、以下の構成を採用することとしている。
[第1現像ローラ及び第2現像ローラについて]
Therefore, in this embodiment, in a configuration having two developing rollers that rotate in the same direction facing the photosensitive drum and a transport pole provided between the developing pole of each developing roller and the magnetic pole in the transfer area, the following configuration is adopted to achieve both the suppression of streak-like fogging (abnormal images) and the suppression of carrier adhesion.
[First and second developing rollers]
図9は、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の第1現像極105と、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の第2現像極203とが、感光ドラム28Yと対向している領域の周辺の概略構成を示す。なお、煩雑となるため、一部の磁極の表示を省略している。 Figure 9 shows a schematic configuration of the area surrounding the photosensitive drum 28Y where the first developing pole 105 of the first magnet 36 of the first developing roller 30 and the second developing pole 203 of the second magnet 37 of the second developing roller 31 face each other. Note that some of the magnetic poles have been omitted to avoid clutter.
上述したように、キャリア付着対応のためには、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105及び第2現像ローラ31の第2現像極203に関して、第1、第2現像上流極104、202の磁束密度Brの大きさの絶対値よりも第1、第2現像下流極106、204の磁束密度Brの大きさの絶対値を大きくすることが好ましい。しかしながら、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像下流極106の磁束密度Brの絶対値が大きいため、第1現像下流極106と第2現像ローラ31の第2現像上流極202との間で磁界が形成されやすくなり、両磁極106、202間での現像剤の移動に伴うスジ状のかぶりが発生しやすくなる懸念がある。 As mentioned above, to address carrier adhesion, it is preferable to make the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first and second downstream developing poles 106, 204 greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first and second upstream developing poles 104, 202 for the first developing pole 105 of the first developing roller 30 and the second developing pole 203 of the second developing roller 31. However, because the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first downstream developing pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 is large, a magnetic field is more likely to be formed between the first downstream developing pole 106 and the second upstream developing pole 202 of the second developing roller 31, raising concerns that streaky fogging may occur as the developer moves between the two magnetic poles 106, 202.
このため、本実施形態においては、以下のような構成としている。まず、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値を、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値よりも大きくしている。また、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値を、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値よりも大きくしている。また、第2現像ローラ31において、第2スリーブ34上で第2現像極203の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)と第2スリーブ34の回転中心O2とを結ぶ線を線L2とする。第2スリーブ34上で第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)と第2スリーブ34の回転中心O2とを結ぶ線を線L21とする。そして、線L2と線L21とのなす角度(鋭角)をθ1[°]とする。言い換えれば、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置から、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像極203の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置までの、第2スリーブ34の回転方向における角度をθ1とする。また、第2スリーブ34上で第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)と第2スリーブ34の回転中心O2とを結ぶ線を線L22とする。そして、線L2と線L22とのなす角度(鋭角)をθ2[°]とする。言い換えれば、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像極203の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置から、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置までの、第2スリーブ34の回転方向における角度をθ2とする。この場合に、θ1>θ2を満たすようにしている。 For this reason, this embodiment is configured as follows. First, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is made larger than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106. Furthermore, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 is made larger than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202. Furthermore, in the second developing roller 31, the line connecting the position (peak position) on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 203 is maximum and the rotation center O2 of the second sleeve 34 is designated as line L2. The line connecting the position (peak position) on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 is maximum and the rotation center O2 of the second sleeve 34 is designated as line L21. The angle (acute angle) formed by line L2 and line L21 is defined as θ1 [°]. In other words, θ1 is the angle in the rotational direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum. Furthermore, line L22 is the line connecting the position (peak position) on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is maximum and the rotation center O2 of the second sleeve 34. The angle (acute angle) formed by line L2 and line L22 is defined as θ2 [°]. In other words, θ2 is the angle in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second sleeve 34 is maximum. In this case, θ1 > θ2 is satisfied.
具体的に説明する。まず、第2現像ローラ31に関して、第2磁石37の第2現像上流極202の磁束密度Brの絶対値よりも第2現像下流極204の磁束密度Brの絶対値を大きくしている。これにより、第2現像ローラ31に関しては、第2現像極203付近の磁気穂が感光ドラム28Yの上流に向かって伸びやすくなり、結果、キャリア付着が発生しにくくなる。 Let's explain this in more detail. First, with regard to the second developing roller 31, the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set to be greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing upstream pole 202 of the second magnet 37. As a result, with regard to the second developing roller 31, the magnetic chains near the second developing pole 203 tend to extend toward the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, and as a result, carrier adhesion is less likely to occur.
一方で、本実施形態においては、第1現像ローラ30に関して、第1磁石36の第1現像上流極104の磁束密度Brの絶対値よりも第1現像下流極106の磁束密度Brの絶対値を小さくしている。このようにすれば、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202の双方の磁束密度Brの絶対値を低く抑えることが可能となる。すると、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像下流極106と第2現像ローラ31の第2現像上流極202との間で磁界が形成されにくくなり、両磁極106、202間での現像剤の移動に伴うスジ状のかぶりが発生しにくくなる。 On the other hand, in this embodiment, with respect to the first developing roller 30, the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first developing downstream pole 106 is set smaller than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36. In this way, it is possible to keep the absolute values of the magnetic flux density Br of both the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202 low. This makes it difficult for a magnetic field to be formed between the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 and the second developing upstream pole 202 of the second developing roller 31, and reduces the occurrence of streaky fogging due to the movement of developer between the magnetic poles 106, 202.
しかしながら、このような構成とすると、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105付近の磁気穂が感光ドラム28Yの下流に向かって伸びやすくなり、キャリア付着が発生し易くなることが懸念される。この点に関しては、発明者らの検討によれば、第1現像ローラ30は、第2現像ローラ31よりも感光ドラム28Yの回転方向上流側に配置されているため、第1現像ローラ30で多少キャリア付着が発生しても、第2現像ローラ31でのキャリア付着対策をしっかりすることで、第1現像ローラ30でのキャリア付着をリセットすることが可能であることがわかった。 However, with this configuration, there is a concern that the magnetic chains near the first developing pole 105 of the first developing roller 30 will tend to extend downstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y, making carrier adhesion more likely to occur. Regarding this point, the inventors' research has shown that, because the first developing roller 30 is positioned upstream of the second developing roller 31 in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y, even if some carrier adhesion occurs on the first developing roller 30, it is possible to reset the carrier adhesion on the first developing roller 30 by taking proper measures to prevent carrier adhesion on the second developing roller 31.
そこで、本実施形態においては、第2現像ローラ31に関して、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度Brの絶対値よりも第2現像下流極204の磁束密度Brの絶対値を大きくすることに加えて、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度θ1よりも、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度θ2を小さくしている。このように、角度θ1よりも角度θ2を小さくすると、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線は、第2現像上流極202よりも近い第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合が増える。この結果、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線がより上流に回り込みながら下流に伸びるため、第2現像極203で形成された磁気穂がより上流に向かって伸びやすくなり、この磁気穂が感光ドラム28Yの回転方向下流で接しにくくすることができる。 Therefore, in this embodiment, with respect to the second developing roller 31, in addition to making the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing downstream pole 204 greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing upstream pole 202, the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is made smaller than the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux density Br of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202. In this way, when angle θ2 is made smaller than angle θ1, the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 extend more toward the second developing downstream pole 204, which is closer than the second developing upstream pole 202. As a result, the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 extend downstream while winding around further upstream, making it easier for the magnetic wires formed by the second developing pole 203 to extend further upstream, making it less likely for these magnetic wires to come into contact downstream in the direction of rotation of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
更に、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2が小さいと、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線が、第2現像極203の下流で素早く第2現像下流極204に向かうようになる。このため、第2現像極203で形成された磁気穂が下流側で素早く折りたたまれ、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向下流で磁気穂をより接しにくくすることができる。 Furthermore, if the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is small, the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 will quickly move toward the second developing downstream pole 204 downstream of the second developing pole 203. As a result, the magnetic chain formed by the second developing pole 203 is quickly folded on the downstream side, making it more difficult for the magnetic chains to come into contact downstream in the direction of rotation of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
このように本実施形態においては、第2現像ローラ31に関して、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度Brの絶対値よりも第2現像下流極204の磁束密度Brの絶対値を大きくすることに加えて、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1よりも、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2を小さくしている。角度θ2を角度θ1よりも小さくしておけば効果はあるが、より効果を得るためには2°以上、さらに効果を得るためには3°以上小さくしておくことが好ましい。即ち、2°≦θ1−θ2を満たすことが好ましく、3°≦θ1−θ2を満たすことがより好ましい。但し、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2は、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1の1/2以上(θ2≧θ1/2)にしておくことが好ましい。角度θ2が小さ過ぎると、第2現像下流極204のピーク位置が第2現像極203のピーク位置に近くなり過ぎてしまい、第2現像極203の磁界形成に寄与する磁石(第2磁石37のピース)の体積が小さくなるため磁界が発生しにくくなり、第2現像ローラ31によるキャリア付着が発生し易くなる懸念があるためである。以上に述べた構成により、本実施形態では、スジ状のかぶりの発生の抑制とキャリア付着の抑制とを両立することができる。
[半値幅の関係]
As described above, in this embodiment, with respect to the second developing roller 31, the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second downstream developing pole 204 is made greater than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the second upstream developing pole 202. In addition, the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second downstream developing pole 204 and the second upstream developing pole 202 is made smaller than the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second upstream developing pole 203 and the second downstream developing pole 204. While making the angle θ2 smaller than the angle θ1 is effective, it is preferable to make it smaller by 2° or more to achieve a greater effect, and even more preferably by 3° or more. That is, it is preferable to satisfy the relationship 2°≦θ1−θ2, and more preferably 3°≦θ1−θ2. However, it is preferable that the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second downstream developing pole 204 be at least half the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second upstream developing pole 203 (θ2≧θ1/2). If the angle θ2 is too small, the peak position of the second developing downstream pole 204 becomes too close to the peak position of the second developing pole 203, and the volume of the magnet (piece of the second magnet 37) that contributes to the magnetic field formation of the second developing pole 203 becomes small, making it difficult to generate a magnetic field, which raises concerns that carrier adhesion may be more likely to occur due to the second developing roller 31. With the above-described configuration, this embodiment can achieve both suppression of streak-like fogging and suppression of carrier adhesion.
[Relationship between half-value widths]
更に好ましい構成について以下で述べる。本実施形態の場合、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅は、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅よりも大きいことが好ましい。ここで、半値幅とは、各磁極の磁束密度の法線成分Brがピーク値の半分になる部分の幅を角度で表わしたものである。半値半幅と区別するために半値全幅と呼ばれる場合もあるが、本明細書中では、半値幅といえば半値全幅を指すこととする。このような構成とすることで、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合をより確実に増やすことができ、キャリア付着を改善することが可能となる。製造上のばらつきを考慮すると、より好ましくは3°以上大きく、さらに好ましくは5°以上大きくしておくのが好ましい。即ち、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅は、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅よりも3°以上大きいことが好ましく、5°以上大きいことがより好ましい。
[第2現像ローラの最近接位置との関係]
A more preferable configuration is described below. In this embodiment, the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 is preferably larger than the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202. Here, the half-width is the angle of the portion where the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole is half its peak value. To distinguish it from the half-width, it is sometimes called the full-width at half maximum, but in this specification, the half-width refers to the full-width at half maximum. This configuration can more reliably increase the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second downstream developing pole 203 that extend to the second downstream developing pole 204, thereby improving carrier adhesion. Considering manufacturing variations, it is more preferable to make the half-width larger by 3° or more, and even more preferably by 5° or more. That is, the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is preferably 3° or more larger than the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202, and more preferably 5° or more larger.
[Relationship with Closest Position of Second Developing Roller]
また、本実施形態においては、第2現像ローラ31の第2現像極203の磁束密度の法線成分Brのピーク位置を、感光ドラム28Yの略対向位置に設定している。より詳細に述べれば、第2現像極203のピーク位置が感光ドラム28Yと第2現像ローラ31の最近接位置である対向位置(図9の感光ドラム28Y中心と第2現像ローラ31中心を結んだ破線L23)よりも感光ドラム28Y回転方向上流側になるように配置している。即ち、第2スリーブ34上で第2現像極203の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)は、第2スリーブ34の感光ドラム28Yに対する最近接位置よりも第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して上流側に位置する。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the peak position of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 of the second developing roller 31 is set at a position approximately facing the photosensitive drum 28Y. More specifically, the peak position of the second developing pole 203 is positioned upstream in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y from the facing position where the photosensitive drum 28Y and the second developing roller 31 are closest to each other (dashed line L23 connecting the center of the photosensitive drum 28Y and the center of the second developing roller 31 in Figure 9). In other words, the position on the second sleeve 34 where the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203 is maximum (peak position) is located upstream in the rotation direction of the second sleeve 34 from the position where the second sleeve 34 is closest to the photosensitive drum 28Y.
このような構成とすることで、第2現像極203から伸びた磁気穂をより感光ドラム28Yの上流方向に伸ばすことができ、より確実にキャリア付着を改善することが可能となる。但し、第2現像極203のピーク位置付近の磁気力が最も高く磁気穂も緻密なため、第2現像極203が感光ドラム28Yに略対向していることが高画質のためには好ましい。よって、第2現像極203のピーク位置が感光ドラム28Yと第2現像ローラ31の対向位置よりも上流側10°以内、好ましくは5°以内、より好ましくは3°以内に配置するのがよい。即ち、第2現像極203のピーク位置と第2スリーブの回転中心O2とを結ぶ線L2と、第2スリーブ34の感光ドラム28Yに対する最近接位置と第2スリーブ34の回転中心O2とを結ぶ線L23とのなす角度(鋭角)は、10°以下とすることが好ましい。また、線L2と線L23とのなす角度(鋭角)は、5°以下とすることがより好ましく、3°以下とすることが更に好ましい。
[スリーブの表面線速]
This configuration allows the magnetic chains extending from the second developing pole 203 to extend further upstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y, more reliably improving carrier adhesion. However, because the magnetic force is strongest and the magnetic chains are dense near the peak position of the second developing pole 203, it is preferable for high image quality that the second developing pole 203 be positioned approximately facing the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, it is preferable to position the peak position of the second developing pole 203 within 10°, preferably within 5°, and more preferably within 3° upstream of the opposing position of the photosensitive drum 28Y and the second developing roller 31. In other words, the angle (acute angle) formed by the line L2 connecting the peak position of the second developing pole 203 and the center of rotation O2 of the second sleeve and the line L23 connecting the closest position of the second sleeve 34 to the photosensitive drum 28Y and the center of rotation O2 of the second sleeve 34 is preferably 10° or less. Moreover, the angle (acute angle) formed by the line L2 and the line L23 is more preferably 5° or less, and even more preferably 3° or less.
[Sleeve surface linear speed]
また、上述したように、感光ドラム28Yの対向領域に長く現像剤が滞在すると、現像バイアスの作用による現像剤中の磁性キャリアへのマイナス電荷の注入が促進され、キャリア付着が発生しやすくなる。そこで、本実施形態においては、感光ドラム28Yの表面線速に対する第2現像ローラ31の第2スリーブ34の表面線速の比を1.2とし、感光ドラム28Yの表面線速に対する第1現像ローラ30の第1スリーブ33の表面線速の比の1.0よりも大きくしている。即ち、本実施形態の場合、第2スリーブ34の表面線速は、第1スリーブ33の表面線速よりも速い。 Furthermore, as mentioned above, if the developer remains in the opposing area of the photosensitive drum 28Y for a long time, the injection of negative charge into the magnetic carrier in the developer due to the action of the development bias is promoted, making carrier adhesion more likely to occur. Therefore, in this embodiment, the ratio of the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 of the second developing roller 31 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y is set to 1.2, which is larger than the ratio of the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 of the first developing roller 30 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y, which is 1.0. In other words, in this embodiment, the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 is faster than the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33.
トナー劣化抑制のために第1スリーブ33の表面線速を抑えている理由は、以下の通りである。図2に示したように、第1スリーブ33には規制部材50が対向しており、この規制部材50により第1スリーブ33上にコートされる現像剤量が規制される際に、現像剤にシェアがかかりトナー劣化に至る。第1スリーブ33の表面線速を抑えられれば、現像剤がシェアを受ける頻度を減らすことができるため、トナー劣化を抑制することが可能となる。 The reason why the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 is suppressed to prevent toner degradation is as follows. As shown in Figure 2, a regulating member 50 faces the first sleeve 33, and when this regulating member 50 regulates the amount of developer coated on the first sleeve 33, shear is applied to the developer, leading to toner degradation. If the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 can be suppressed, the frequency with which the developer is subjected to shear can be reduced, making it possible to prevent toner degradation.
一方、第2現像ローラ31の第2スリーブ34は、第1スリーブ33から現像剤を受け取るため、第1スリーブ33のように規制部材50が対向していない。このため、第2スリーブ34の表面線速を速くしても、第1スリーブ33の線速を速くした時のようなトナー劣化は発生しにくい。したがって、本実施形態においては、感光ドラム28Yの表面線速に対する第2スリーブ34の表面線速の比を1.2とし、感光ドラム28Yの表面線速に対する第1スリーブ33の表面線速の比の1.0よりも大きくしている。第2スリーブ34の表面線速を速くすると、磁性キャリアへのマイナス電荷の注入が抑制され、キャリア付着をより改善することが可能となる。 On the other hand, the second sleeve 34 of the second developing roller 31 receives developer from the first sleeve 33, and therefore does not face the regulating member 50 as does the first sleeve 33. For this reason, even if the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 is increased, toner degradation is less likely to occur as occurs when the linear speed of the first sleeve 33 is increased. Therefore, in this embodiment, the ratio of the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y is set to 1.2, which is higher than the ratio of the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 to the surface linear speed of the photosensitive drum 28Y, which is 1.0. Increasing the surface linear speed of the second sleeve 34 suppresses the injection of negative charge into the magnetic carrier, making it possible to further improve carrier adhesion.
本実施形態においては、第1スリーブ33に対する第2スリーブ34の線速比を1.2(=1.2/1.0)としたが、効果を得るためには1.1以上にすることが好ましい。
一方で、第1スリーブ33に対する第2スリーブ34の線速比を1.3より大きくすると、第2スリーブの単位面積当たりの現像剤コート量が少なくなり、磁気穂が粗になりすぎて画質等に影響を与える懸念がある。このため、第1スリーブ33に対する第2スリーブ34の線速比は、1.3以下とすることが好ましい。
[第1現像ローラについて]
In this embodiment, the linear velocity ratio of the second sleeve 34 to the first sleeve 33 is set to 1.2 (=1.2/1.0), but to obtain the desired effect, it is preferable to set it to 1.1 or more.
On the other hand, if the linear velocity ratio of the second sleeve 34 to the first sleeve 33 is made greater than 1.3, the amount of developer coated per unit area of the second sleeve will decrease, and the magnetic chains will become too coarse, which may affect image quality, etc. For this reason, it is preferable that the linear velocity ratio of the second sleeve 34 to the first sleeve 33 be 1.3 or less.
[First Developing Roller]
上述したように、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向下流側に配置された第2現像ローラ31のキャリア付着対策を十分にしておけば、第1現像ローラ30は多少のキャリア付着は許容される。そこで、本実施形態においては、上述のように、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値よりも、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値を小さくしている。これにより、第1現像ローラ30起因のキャリア付着は発生し易いが、スジ状のかぶりが発生しにくい構成としている。 As mentioned above, if sufficient measures are taken to prevent carrier adhesion on the second developing roller 31, which is positioned downstream in the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y, some carrier adhesion on the first developing roller 30 is acceptable. Therefore, in this embodiment, as mentioned above, the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is made smaller than the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first developing roller 30. This makes it easier for carrier adhesion caused by the first developing roller 30 to occur, but makes it less likely for streaky fogging to occur.
以下でより好ましい構成について述べる。本実施形態の場合、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅は、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅よりも小さいことが好ましい。このような構成とすることで、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202の間の磁界をさらに抑制でき、よりスジ状のかぶりの発生を抑制することが可能となる。製造上のばらつきを考慮すると、より好ましくは3°以上小さく、さらに好ましくは5°以上小さくしておくことが好ましい。即ち、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅は、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅よりも3°以上小さいことが好ましく、5°以上小さいことがより好ましい。 A more preferred configuration is described below. In this embodiment, the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 is preferably smaller than the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104. This configuration further suppresses the magnetic field between the first downstream developing pole 106 and the second upstream developing pole 202, making it possible to further suppress the occurrence of streaky fogging. Taking into account manufacturing variations, it is more preferable to make it 3° or more smaller, and even more preferable to make it 5° or more smaller. In other words, the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 is preferably 3° or more smaller, and more preferably 5° or more smaller than the half-value width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104.
第1現像上流極104の磁束密度Brの絶対値よりも第1現像下流極106の磁束密度Brの絶対値を小さくしたり、第1現像上流極104の半値幅よりも第1現像下流極106の半値幅を小さくしたりすると、第1現像極105から伸びた磁力線のうち第1現像上流極104に伸びる割合が増える。このため、図8に示したように、磁気穂が下流に向きやすくなる。上述のように、磁気穂が下流に向くと、感光ドラム28Yに磁気穂が接する時間が長くなり、感光ドラム28Yへのトナー現像時間が増え、現像性に対しては有利というメリットもある。本実施形態のように、トナー劣化抑制のために第1スリーブ33の表面線速を抑えて現像性低下の懸念がある場合には、上述の構成は効果的である。 If the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first downstream developing pole 106 is made smaller than the absolute value of the magnetic flux density Br of the first upstream developing pole 104, or if the half-width of the first downstream developing pole 106 is made smaller than the half-width of the first upstream developing pole 104, the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the first upstream developing pole 105 that extend to the first upstream developing pole 104 increases. Therefore, as shown in Figure 8, the magnetic brush is more likely to face downstream. As described above, when the magnetic brush faces downstream, the time the magnetic brush is in contact with the photosensitive drum 28Y increases, increasing the time for toner development on the photosensitive drum 28Y, which has the advantage of being beneficial to developability. The above configuration is effective when, as in this embodiment, there is a concern that reduced developability may result from suppressing the surface linear speed of the first sleeve 33 to prevent toner degradation.
また、本実施形態では、第1現像ローラ30において、第1スリーブ33上で第1現像極105の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)と第1スリーブ33の回転中心O1とを結ぶ線を線L1とする。第1スリーブ33上で第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)と第1スリーブ33の回転中心O1とを結ぶ線を線L11とする。そして、線L1とL21とのなす角度(鋭角)をφ1[°]とする。言い換えれば、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置から、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像極105の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置までの、第1スリーブ33の回転方向における角度をφ1とする。また、第1スリーブ33上で第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値が最大となる位置(ピーク位置)と第1スリーブ33の回転中心O1とを結ぶ線を線L12とする。そして、線L1と線L12とのなす角度(鋭角)をφ2[°]とする。言い換えれば、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像極105の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置から、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置までの、第1スリーブ33の回転方向における角度をφ2とする。この場合に、φ1>φ2を満たすようにしている。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, in the first developing roller 30, the line connecting the position (peak position) on the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 is maximum and the rotation center O1 of the first sleeve 33 is defined as line L1. The line connecting the position (peak position) on the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 is maximum and the rotation center O1 of the first sleeve 33 is defined as line L11. The angle (acute angle) formed by lines L1 and L21 is defined as φ1 [°]. In other words, φ1 is the angle in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33 from the position on the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum to the position on the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum. Also, line L12 is the line connecting the position on the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is maximum (peak position) and the rotation center O1 of the first sleeve 33. The angle (acute angle) between line L1 and line L12 is φ2 [°]. In other words, φ2 is the angle in the rotation direction of the first sleeve 33 from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole 105 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first sleeve 33 is maximum. In this case, φ1 > φ2 is satisfied.
仮に、φ1<φ2を満たすようにした構成を採った場合、第1現像極105から伸びた磁力線のうち第1現像上流極104に伸びる割合が増える効果が得られるものの、φ1が小さいと上流側で磁気穂が感光ドラム28Yに接しづらくなり現像性の改善効果が抑制されてしまう虞がある。このため、第1現像極105から伸びた磁力線のうち第1現像上流極104に伸びる割合を増やすには、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brよりも、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値や半値幅を小さくすることで達成するのが好ましい。以上の理由から、本実施形態では、好ましい例示として、φ1>φ2を満たすようにした構成を採っている。 If a configuration were adopted in which φ1 < φ2 were satisfied, the effect of increasing the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first developing pole 105 that extend to the first developing upstream pole 104 would be achieved, but if φ1 were small, it would be difficult for the magnetic brush to contact the photosensitive drum 28Y on the upstream side, which could limit the effect of improving developability. Therefore, to increase the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first developing pole 105 that extend to the first developing upstream pole 104, it is preferable to achieve this by making the absolute value and half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 smaller than the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first developing roller 30. For the above reasons, this embodiment adopts a configuration in which φ1 > φ2 is satisfied as a preferred example.
具体的に説明する。第1現像ローラ30に関して、第1磁石36の第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度φ1よりも、第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度φ2を小さくしている。このように構成にすることで、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202の距離が離れる方向になる。このため、両磁極105、202間で磁界が発生しにくくなり、両磁極105、202間の現像剤の移動が抑制され、スジ状のかぶりをより発生しにくくできる。そこで、第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度φ2は、好ましくは40°以下(φ2≦40°)、より好ましくは35°以下(φ2≦35°)としておくのがよい。但し、各磁極の磁界形成に寄与する磁石(第2磁石37のピース)の体積を十分に確保する観点から、角度φ2は、好ましくは15°以上(15°≦φ2)、より好ましくは20°以上(20°≦φ2)としておくのがよい。まとめると、角度φ2は、15°≦φ2≦40°を満たすことが好ましく、20°≦φ2≦35°を満たすことがより好ましい。 Specific explanation follows. With regard to the first developing roller 30, the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 is smaller than the angle φ1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36. This configuration increases the distance between the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202. This makes it difficult for a magnetic field to be generated between the magnetic poles 105 and 202, suppressing the movement of developer between the magnetic poles 105 and 202 and making it more difficult for streaky fogging to occur. Therefore, the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 is preferably set to 40° or less (φ2≦40°), more preferably 35° or less (φ2≦35°). However, from the perspective of ensuring sufficient volume for the magnets (pieces of second magnet 37) that contribute to the formation of the magnetic field at each magnetic pole, angle φ2 is preferably set to 15° or greater (15°≦φ2), and more preferably 20° or greater (20°≦φ2). In summary, angle φ2 preferably satisfies 15°≦φ2≦40°, and more preferably satisfies 20°≦φ2≦35°.
一方、先に述べた現像性の確保という観点からは、第1磁石36の第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度φ1は小さくなりすぎないほうがよい。第1磁石36の第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104の各磁束密度Brのピーク位置間の角度φ1は、好ましくは25°以上(25°≦φ1)、より好ましくは30°以上(30°≦φ1)としておくのがよい。一方、角度φ1を大きくしすぎると、第1現像極105から伸びた磁力線のうち第1現像上流極104に伸びる割合が減ってしまう虞がある。このため、角度φ1は、好ましくは50°以下(φ1≦50°)、より好ましくは45°以下(φ1≦45°)としておくのがよい。まとめると、角度φ1は、25°≦φ1≦50°を満たすことが好ましく、30°≦φ1≦45°を満たすことがより好ましい。 On the other hand, from the perspective of ensuring the developability mentioned above, it is preferable that the angle φ1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first development pole 105 and the first development upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36 not be too small. The angle φ1 between the peak positions of the magnetic flux densities Br of the first development pole 105 and the first development upstream pole 104 of the first magnet 36 is preferably 25° or greater (25°≦φ1), and more preferably 30° or greater (30°≦φ1). On the other hand, if the angle φ1 is made too large, there is a risk that the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the first development pole 105 that extend to the first development upstream pole 104 will decrease. For this reason, the angle φ1 is preferably 50° or less (φ1≦50°), and more preferably 45° or less (φ1≦45°). In summary, the angle φ1 preferably satisfies 25°≦φ1≦50°, and more preferably satisfies 30°≦φ1≦45°.
本実施形態のように、第1現像下流極106と第1現像極105のピーク位置間の角度φ2が小さくなると、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202との間で磁界が発生しにくくなる一方で、第1現像下流極106と第1現像極105との間で磁力線が伸びやすくなる。上述のように現像性改善の効果を得るためには、第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104の間に磁力線が伸びやすくする方が好ましい。そこで、本実施形態では、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値よりも、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値を10mT以上大きくしている。より好ましくは15mT以上、さらに好ましくは20mT以上大きくするとよい。即ち、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値は、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値よりも10mT以上大きいことが好ましく、15mT以上大きいことがより好ましく、20mT以上大きいことが更に好ましい。なお、各磁極104、106は現像剤の搬送性に影響を与えないために、各磁極104、106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値を20mT以上としておくことが好ましい。そのため、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値は30mT以上として、上述した第1現像上流極104と第1現像下流極106との磁束密度の大小関係を満たすようにすることが好ましい。 As in this embodiment, when the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the first developing downstream pole 106 and the first developing pole 105 becomes smaller, it becomes more difficult for a magnetic field to be generated between the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202, while the magnetic field lines become more likely to extend between the first developing downstream pole 106 and the first developing pole 105. To achieve the effect of improving developability as described above, it is preferable to make it easier for the magnetic field lines to extend between the first developing pole 105 and the first developing upstream pole 104. Therefore, in this embodiment, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 is set to be 10 mT or more larger than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106. It is more preferable to set it to be 15 mT or more larger, and even more preferable to set it to be 20 mT or more larger. That is, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is preferably 10 mT or more greater than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106, more preferably 15 mT or more greater, and even more preferably 20 mT or more greater. To prevent the magnetic poles 104 and 106 from affecting the developer transport performance, it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each of the magnetic poles 104 and 106 to 20 mT or more. Therefore, it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 to 30 mT or more, thereby satisfying the above-mentioned relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the first downstream developing pole 106.
但し、第1現像上流極104及び第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値を、第1現像極105の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値|Br|以上に大きくすることは、磁束密度のバランス的に好ましくない。このため、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値と、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値との差分の絶対値は、好ましくは100mT以内、より好ましくは50mT以内に抑えるのが良い。また、製造の安定性やコストを考えると各磁極104、105、106の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値は200mT以下に抑えて、上述した第1現像上流極104と第1現像下流極106との磁束密度の大小関係を満たすようにすることが好ましい。なお、以下では、磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値|Br|を、単に、磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と示す場合もある。
[比較例及び実施例]
However, in terms of the balance of magnetic flux densities, it is undesirable to increase the maximum absolute values of the normal components of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the first downstream developing pole 106 to be greater than the maximum absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density, |Br|, of the first upstream developing pole 104. For this reason, the absolute value of the difference between the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 is preferably kept within 100 mT, more preferably within 50 mT. Furthermore, in consideration of manufacturing stability and cost, it is preferable to keep the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each of the magnetic poles 104, 105, and 106 to 200 mT or less, so as to satisfy the magnitude relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the first upstream developing pole 104 and the first downstream developing pole 106. In the following description, the maximum absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density may be simply referred to as the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density.
[Comparative Examples and Examples]
次に、比較例1及び実施例1、2の磁束密度分布を用いて、本実施形態の構成について更に具体的に説明する。なお、比較例は、以下に述べる項目以外は実施例と同一構成である。 Next, the configuration of this embodiment will be explained in more detail using the magnetic flux density distributions of Comparative Example 1 and Examples 1 and 2. Note that the Comparative Example has the same configuration as the Examples except for the items described below.
図10(a)は、比較例1に係る第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布を、図10(b)は、比較例1に係る第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布をそれぞれ示すグラフである。図11(a)は、実施例1に係る第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布を、図11(b)は、実施例1に係る第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布をそれぞれ示すグラフである。図12(a)は、実施例2に係る第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布を、図12(b)は、実施例2に係る第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布をそれぞれ示すグラフである。図10(a)、図11(a)、図12(a)には、第1磁石36による第1スリーブ33上における磁束密度の法線成分Br(第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における磁束密度Br)の分布を実線で、磁束密度の接線成分Bθ(第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度Bθ)の分布を破線でそれぞれ概略的に示した。また、図10(b)、図11(b)、図12(b)には、第2磁石37による第2スリーブ34上における磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を実線で、磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を破線でそれぞれ概略的に示した。 FIG. 10(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Comparative Example 1, and FIG. 10(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Comparative Example 1. FIG. 11(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 1, and FIG. 11(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 1. FIG. 12(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 2, and FIG. 12(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 2. 10(a), 11(a), and 12(a) schematically show, with a solid line, the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density (magnetic flux density Br in the direction normal to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33) on the first sleeve 33 due to the first magnet 36, and with a dashed line, the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density (magnetic flux density Bθ in the direction tangential to the outer peripheral surface of the first sleeve 33). Also, in FIGS. 10(b), 11(b), and 12(b), the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the second sleeve 34 due to the second magnet 37 is schematically shown with a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density is shown with a dashed line.
なお、磁束密度の法線成分Brは、正確には磁束密度Bの第1スリーブ33、第2スリーブ34に対する法線方向成分(第1回転体、第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における磁束密度)を指す。各磁石の磁束密度の法線成分Brは、磁場測定器(F.W.BELL社製「MS−9902」)を用いて、磁場測定器の部材であるプローブと第1スリーブ33、第2スリーブ34の表面との距離を約100μmとして測定した。 The normal component Br of the magnetic flux density, more precisely, refers to the component of the magnetic flux density B normal to the first sleeve 33 and the second sleeve 34 (magnetic flux density in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surfaces of the first and second rotating bodies). The normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnet was measured using a magnetic field measuring device (F.W. BELL MS-9902) with the distance between the probe, a component of the magnetic field measuring device, and the surface of the first sleeve 33 and the second sleeve 34 set at approximately 100 μm.
また、磁束密度の接線成分Bθは、正確には磁束密度Bの第1スリーブ33、第2スリーブ34に対する接線方向成分(第1回転体、第2回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度)を指す。磁束密度の接線成分Bθは、磁束密度の法線成分Brの値を用いて、以下の式1から求められる。
Furthermore, the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density refers to the tangential component of the magnetic flux density B with respect to the first sleeve 33 and the second sleeve 34 (the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction with respect to the outer circumferential surfaces of the first rotating body and the second rotating body). The tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density can be calculated from the following equation 1 using the value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density.
また、以下の表1には、比較例1、実施例1、2における、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の第1現像上流極104、第1現像極105、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と半値幅、第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104のピーク位置間の角度φ1、第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2の数値を示した。なお、比較例1、実施例1、実施例2の各第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36は同一のものを使用しており、値はすべて同じである。
以下の表2には、比較例1、実施例1、2における、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の第2現像上流極202、第2現像極203、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と半値幅、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2の数値を示した。
図13には、第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度の違いを明確にするために、比較例1、実施例1、実施例2の磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を示した。また、図14には、比較例1、実施例1、実施例2の磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を示した。 In order to clarify the differences in magnetic flux density of the second developing roller 31, Figure 13 shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density for Comparative Example 1, Example 1, and Example 2. Furthermore, Figure 14 shows the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density for Comparative Example 1, Example 1, and Example 2.
図10(a)及び表1に示した比較例1の第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布は、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも大きい。また、図10(b)及び表2に示した比較例1の第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布は、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも小さい。このため、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202の各々の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を低く抑えることが可能となり、スジ状のかぶりの発生を抑えられる。 In the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 of Comparative Example 1 shown in Figure 10(a) and Table 1, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is greater than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106. Also, in the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 of Comparative Example 1 shown in Figure 10(b) and Table 2, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 is smaller than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204. Therefore, it is possible to keep the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of each of the first downstream developing pole 106 and the second upstream developing pole 202 low, thereby preventing streaky fogging.
この点に関しては、図11(a)、図12(a)及び表1に示した実施例1、実施例2の第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布、図11(b)、図12(b)及び表2に示した実施例1、実施例2の第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布についても比較例1と同様の構成である。このため、実施例1、実施例2においても、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202の各々の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を低く抑えることが可能であり、スジ状のかぶりの発生を抑えられる。 In this regard, the magnetic flux density distributions of the first developing roller 30 in Examples 1 and 2 shown in Figures 11(a), 12(a) and Table 1, and the magnetic flux density distributions of the second developing roller 31 in Examples 1 and 2 shown in Figures 11(b), 12(b) and Table 2, are similar to those in Comparative Example 1. Therefore, in Examples 1 and 2 as well, it is possible to keep low the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of each of the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202, thereby preventing streaky fogging.
スジ状のかぶりの発生をより確実に抑えるためには、第1現像下流極106と第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|をそれぞれ100mT以下、より好ましくは90mT以下に抑えておくことが好ましい。但し、20mT未満とすると現像剤の搬送性に影響を与えかねないので、20mT以上としておくことが好ましい。 In order to more reliably prevent the occurrence of streaky fogging, it is preferable to keep the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 and the second developing upstream pole 202 at 100 mT or less, and more preferably 90 mT or less. However, since a value less than 20 mT may affect the transportability of the developer, it is preferable to keep it at 20 mT or more.
比較例1について説明を続ける。上述のように、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも大きくすると、スジ状のかぶりの発生が抑えられる一方で、第1現像ローラ30におけるキャリア付着が発生し易くなる。このため、第2現像ローラ31で第1現像ローラ30における感光ドラム28Yへのキャリア付着を十分回収することが求められる。しかしながら、比較例1の第2現像ローラ31の構成は十分ではないと考えられる。 Continuing with the explanation of Comparative Example 1. As mentioned above, if the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 of the first developing roller 30 is made larger than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106, the occurrence of streak-like fogging is suppressed, but carrier adhesion to the first developing roller 30 becomes more likely to occur. For this reason, it is necessary for the second developing roller 31 to sufficiently recover carrier adhesion to the photosensitive drum 28Y on the first developing roller 30. However, the configuration of the second developing roller 31 in Comparative Example 1 is considered to be insufficient.
既に述べたように、キャリア付着を発生しにくくするためには、現像極とスリーブを介して対向する対向部に対して感光ドラム28Yの上流側で現像剤が接触し、下流側では接しないようにすることが好ましい。このような構成を達成するには、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも小さくするだけでなく、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1よりも第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2を小さくするのがよい。これにより、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合がより増え、磁力線がより上流に回り込みながら下流に伸びるため、第2現像極203との対向部に対して感光ドラム28Yの上流側で磁気穂がより接しやすくなる。 As already mentioned, to reduce the likelihood of carrier adhesion, it is preferable for the developer to contact the opposing portion of the developing pole facing the sleeve on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, but not on the downstream side. To achieve this configuration, not only is the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 made smaller than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204, but the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second downstream developing pole 204 and the second upstream developing pole 202 should be made smaller than the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second downstream developing pole 204 and the second upstream developing pole 202. This increases the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second downstream developing pole 204 that extend to the second downstream developing pole 204, and the magnetic field lines extend downstream while winding further upstream, making it easier for the magnetic brush to contact the opposing portion of the second downstream developing pole 203 on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
更に、第2現像極203と第2スリーブ34を介して対向する対向部に対して感光ドラム28Yの下流側では、角度θ2を小さくすると、磁気穂が速やかに折りたたまれるように動くため、感光ドラム28Yの下流側で磁気穂がより接しにくくすることができる。しかしながら、図10(b)及び表2に示した比較例1の第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布は、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1よりも第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2が大きい。このため、第1現像ローラ30におけるキャリア付着を回収するには必ずしも十分ではない。結果、比較例1の構成はスジ状のかぶりの発生は抑制できるが、キャリア付着の発生を十分に抑制できない。 Furthermore, if the angle θ2 is reduced downstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y relative to the portion facing the second developing pole 203 via the second sleeve 34, the magnetic brush moves in a manner that quickly folds, making it less likely for the magnetic brush to come into contact downstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y. However, in the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 of Comparative Example 1 shown in Figure 10(b) and Table 2, the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is larger than the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202. For this reason, this is not necessarily sufficient to recover carrier adhesion on the first developing roller 30. As a result, while the configuration of Comparative Example 1 can suppress the occurrence of streaky fogging, it cannot sufficiently suppress the occurrence of carrier adhesion.
一方、図11(b)、図13及び表2に示した実施例1の第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布は、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1よりも第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2が小さい。このため、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合がより増え、第2現像極203と第2スリーブ34を介して対向する対向部に対して感光ドラム28Yの上流側で磁気穂がより接しやすくなると共に、感光ドラム28Yの下流側では磁気穂が速やかに折りたたまれるように動くため、感光ドラム28Yの下流側で磁気穂がより接しにくくできている。したがって、実施例1では、第1現像ローラ30におけるキャリア付着を第2現像ローラ31で十分に回収でき、この結果、実施例1の構成はスジ状のかぶりの発生の抑制とキャリア付着の発生の抑制の両立を図ることが可能である。 On the other hand, in the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 of Example 1 shown in Figures 11(b), 13, and Table 2, the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is smaller than the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202. As a result, a greater proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 extend to the second developing downstream pole 204, making it easier for the magnetic wires to contact the opposing portion of the second developing pole 203 facing the second sleeve 34 on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Meanwhile, the magnetic wires quickly fold on the downstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, making it more difficult for them to contact the opposing portion on the downstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y. Therefore, in Example 1, carrier adhesion on the first developing roller 30 can be sufficiently recovered by the second developing roller 31. As a result, the configuration of Example 1 is able to simultaneously suppress the occurrence of streak-like fogging and carrier adhesion.
キャリア付着をより確実に抑制するには、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2を、30°以下(θ2≦30°)、より好ましくは28°以下(θ2≦28°)に抑えることが好ましい。このような構成とすることで、第2現像極203と第2スリーブ34を介して対向する対向部に対して感光ドラム28Yの下流側での磁気穂の接触を効果的に抑えることが可能となる。但し、角度θ2を15°未満とすると、各磁極の磁界形成に寄与する磁石(第2磁石37のピース)の体積を十分に確保することが困難になり、十分に磁束密度の大きさを確保できない懸念がある。このため、角度θ2は、15°以上(15°≦θ2)、より好ましくは20°以上(20°≦θ2)としておくことが好ましい。まとめると、角度θ2は、15°≦θ2≦30°を満たすことが好ましく、20°≦θ2≦28°を満たすことがより好ましい。 To more reliably suppress carrier adhesion, it is preferable to limit the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second downstream developing pole 204 to 30° or less (θ2≦30°), and more preferably 28° or less (θ2≦28°). This configuration effectively prevents contact of the magnetic brush on the downstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y with the opposing portion of the second developing pole 203 facing the second sleeve 34. However, if the angle θ2 is less than 15°, it becomes difficult to ensure sufficient volume for the magnets (pieces of the second magnet 37) that contribute to the magnetic field formation of each magnetic pole, raising concerns that sufficient magnetic flux density may not be ensured. For this reason, it is preferable to set the angle θ2 to 15° or more (15°≦θ2), and more preferably 20° or more (20°≦θ2). In summary, it is preferable for the angle θ2 to satisfy 15°≦θ2≦30°, and even more preferable for it to satisfy 20°≦θ2≦28°.
一方で、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1を大きくしすぎると、第2現像上流極202が第1現像下流極106に近づくことになるので、スジ状のかぶりの発生には不利な方向になる。このため、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1は、35°以下(θ1≦35°)、より好ましくは30°以下(θ1≦30°)に抑えておくことが好ましい。但し、各磁極の磁界形成に寄与する磁石(第2磁石37のピース)の体積を十分に確保する観点から、角度θ1は、15°以上(15°≦θ1)、より好ましくは20°以上(20°≦θ1)としておくことが好ましい。まとめると、角度θ1は、15°≦θ1≦35°を満たすことが好ましく、20°≦θ1≦30°を満たすことがより好ましい。 On the other hand, if the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202 is made too large, the second developing upstream pole 202 will move closer to the first developing downstream pole 106, which is unfavorable for the occurrence of streaky fogging. For this reason, it is preferable to keep the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202 to 35° or less (θ1≦35°), and more preferably 30° or less (θ1≦30°). However, from the perspective of ensuring sufficient volume for the magnets (pieces of the second magnet 37) that contribute to the formation of the magnetic field at each magnetic pole, it is preferable to set the angle θ1 to 15° or more (15°≦θ1), and more preferably 20° or more (20°≦θ1). In summary, it is preferable for the angle θ1 to satisfy 15°≦θ1≦35°, and even more preferably 20°≦θ1≦30°.
次に、実施例2について述べる。図12(b)、図13及び表2に示した実施例2の第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布は、実施例1に対して第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を大きくしている。この結果、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合が実施例1より増え、第2現像極203と第2スリーブ34を介して対向する対向部に対して感光ドラム28Yの上流側で磁気穂がより接しやすくなり、キャリア付着の発生をより抑制することが可能となる。キャリア付着抑制の効果をより得るためには、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を10mT以上大きくするのがよく、より好ましくは15mT以上、さらに好ましくは20mT以上大きくするとよい。即ち、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値は、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値よりも10mT以上大きいことが好ましく、15mT以上大きいことがより好ましく、20mT以上大きいことが更に好ましい。各磁極202、204は現像剤の搬送性に影響を与えないために、各磁極202、204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値を20mT以上としておくことが好ましい。そのため、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値は30mT以上として、上述した第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204との磁束密度の大小関係を満たすことが好ましい。 Next, we will discuss Example 2. The magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 in Example 2, shown in Figures 12(b), 13, and Table 2, has a larger absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 compared to Example 1. As a result, the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extend to the second developing downstream pole 204 is greater than in Example 1, making it easier for the magnetic wires to contact the opposing portion of the second developing pole 203 facing the second sleeve 34 on the upstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y, thereby further suppressing the occurrence of carrier adhesion. To achieve a greater effect in suppressing carrier adhesion, it is preferable to make the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 10 mT or more greater than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202, more preferably 15 mT or more, and even more preferably 20 mT or more. That is, the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 is preferably 10 mT or more, more preferably 15 mT or more, and even more preferably 20 mT or more, greater than the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202. To prevent the magnetic poles 202, 204 from affecting the developer transport performance, it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole 202, 204 to 20 mT or more. Therefore, it is preferable to set the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream developing pole 204 to 30 mT or more, thereby satisfying the above-mentioned relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second downstream developing pole 204.
実施例2では、表2に示したように、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を20mT以上大きくしている。但し、第2現像上流極202及び第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値を、第2現像極203の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値|Br|より大きくすることは、磁束密度のバランス的に好ましくない。このため、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値と、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値との差分の絶対値は、好ましくは100mT以内、より好ましくは50mT以内に抑えるのが良い。また、製造の安定性やコストを考えると各磁極202、203、204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの絶対値の最大値は200mT以下に抑えて、上述した第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204との磁束密度の大小関係を満たすことが好ましい。 In Example 2, as shown in Table 2, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set to be 20 mT or more greater than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202. However, it is not desirable in terms of the balance of magnetic flux densities to make the maximum absolute values of the normal components of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204 greater than the maximum absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole 203. For this reason, the absolute value of the difference between the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 and the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is preferably kept within 100 mT, and more preferably within 50 mT. Furthermore, considering manufacturing stability and costs, it is preferable to limit the maximum absolute value of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of each magnetic pole 202, 203, 204 to 200 mT or less, and to satisfy the magnitude relationship between the magnetic flux densities of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second downstream developing pole 204 described above.
上述した通り、第2現像ローラ31でのキャリア付着対応のためには、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202よりも第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合を増やし、感光ドラム28Yのなるべく上流側で磁気穂が接することが重要である。第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204の各々に伸びる磁力線の割合は、第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値|Br|、半値幅、第2現像極203とのピーク位置間の角度θ1、θ2の関係で主に決まる。 As mentioned above, to address carrier adhesion on the second developing roller 31, it is important to increase the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extend to the second developing downstream pole 204 rather than the second developing upstream pole 202, and to have the magnetic brush contact the photosensitive drum 28Y as upstream as possible. The proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extend to each of the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is primarily determined by the relationship between the maximum absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204, the half-width, and the angles θ1 and θ2 between the peak positions with the second developing pole 203.
実施例1、実施例2の構成では、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値|Br|よりも、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値の最大値|Br|を大きくしている。また、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1よりも、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2を小さくしている。更に、第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅よりも、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分Brの半値幅を大きくしている。 In the configurations of Examples 1 and 2, the maximum value |Br| of the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set larger than the maximum value |Br| of the absolute value of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202. Also, the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 is set smaller than the angle θ1 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202. Furthermore, the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing downstream pole 204 is set larger than the half-width of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density of the second developing upstream pole 202.
第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204の各々に伸びる磁力線の割合に関しては、磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布から予測することが可能である。図10(b)、図11(b)、図12(b)、図13及び図14には、第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布が示してある。法線成分Brの第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202、第2現像下流極204との各ピーク位置間には、接線成分Bθのピーク(最大値)Bθ2−1、Bθ2−2がある。接線成分Bθのピークが大きいほど磁力線が多いと考えられる。このため、この第2現像極203の上下流にある磁束密度の接線成分Bθの各ピークBθ2−1、Bθ2−2の大きさ(絶対値)を比較すれば、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204の各々に伸びる磁力線の割合を予測できる。 The proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 to the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204 can be predicted from the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density. Figures 10(b), 11(b), 12(b), 13 and 14 show the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31. Between the peak positions of the normal component Br between the second developing pole 203 and the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204, there are peaks (maximum values) Bθ2-1 and Bθ2-2 of the tangential component Bθ. It is believed that the larger the peak of the tangential component Bθ, the more magnetic field lines there are. Therefore, by comparing the magnitude (absolute value) of the peaks Bθ2-1 and Bθ2-2 of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density upstream and downstream of the second developing pole 203, it is possible to predict the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 to the second developing upstream pole 202 and the second developing downstream pole 204.
以下の表3の右側には、比較例1、実施例1、実施例2の第2現像極203の上下流にある磁束密度の接線成分Bθの各ピークの絶対値|Bθ2−1|、|Bθ2−2|を示した。表3には、さらに、上流側ピークの絶対値に対する下流側ピークの絶対値の比|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|も示した。|Bθ2−1|は、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像上流極202の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置から、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像極203の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置までの、第2スリーブ34の回転方向における区間における、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値である。また、|Bθ2−2|は、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像極203の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置から、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する法線方向における第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第2スリーブ34の外周面上の位置までの、第2スリーブ34の回転方向における区間における、第2スリーブ34の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値である。この値が大きいほど、第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202よりも第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合が多いといえる。なお、表3の左側には第1現像ローラ30に関する情報も載せているが、これに関して後ほど述べる。
比較例1の|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|は1.08であった。このことから、比較例1も第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202よりも第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合が多いといえる。しかしながら、上述したように、比較例1の構成はキャリア付着が発生し易い懸念がある。これは、比較例1の|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|が1.08倍と小さかったために、第1現像ローラ30起因のキャリア付着を十分回収できない懸念が残ってしまったと思われる。 In Comparative Example 1, |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1| was 1.08. From this, it can be said that in Comparative Example 1 as well, a greater proportion of the magnetic lines of force extending from the second developing pole 203 extend to the second developing downstream pole 204 than to the second developing upstream pole 202. However, as mentioned above, there is concern that the configuration of Comparative Example 1 may make carrier adhesion more likely to occur. This is thought to be because |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1| in Comparative Example 1 was small at 1.08 times, leaving concerns that carrier adhesion caused by the first developing roller 30 may not be sufficiently recovered.
一方、図14や表3によると、実施例1は、比較例1に比べ|Bθ2−1|が微減し、|Bθ2−2|が増加しており、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|は1.15であった。この結果、実施例1は、比較例1よりも第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202よりも第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合が増えたと考えられる。このため、上述のように、キャリア付着が発生しにくかったと考えられる。 On the other hand, according to Figure 14 and Table 3, in Example 1, |Bθ2-1| decreased slightly and |Bθ2-2| increased compared to Comparative Example 1, and |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1| was 1.15. As a result, it is thought that in Example 1, the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extended toward the second developing downstream pole 204 rather than the second developing upstream pole 202 was higher than in Comparative Example 1. This is thought to have made carrier adhesion less likely to occur, as described above.
図14や表3によると、実施例2は、実施例1に比べ|Bθ2−1|が更に減少し、|Bθ2−2|が更に増加しており、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|は1.34であった。この結果、実施例2は、実施例1よりも第2現像極203から伸びた磁力線のうち第2現像上流極202よりも第2現像下流極204に伸びる割合が更に増えたと考えられる。このため、上述のように、キャリア付着が更に発生しにくかったと考えられる。 According to Figure 14 and Table 3, in Example 2, |Bθ2-1| was further reduced and |Bθ2-2| was further increased compared to Example 1, with |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1| being 1.34. As a result, it is believed that in Example 2, the proportion of the magnetic field lines extending from the second developing pole 203 that extend toward the second developing downstream pole 204 rather than the second developing upstream pole 202 was further increased compared to Example 1. For this reason, it is believed that, as mentioned above, carrier adhesion was even less likely to occur.
以上から、第2現像上流極202と第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|、半値幅、第2現像極203とのピーク位置間の角度θの関係を調整し、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|が1.10以上、より好ましくは1.15以上、更に好ましくは1.30以上となるようにするのがよい。即ち、第2スリーブ34上において、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202との間の磁束密度の接線成分が最大(ピーク)となる大きさの絶対値を|Bθ2−1|とする。また、第2スリーブ34の回転方向に関して第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204との間で磁束密度の接線成分が最大(ピーク)となる大きさの絶対値を|Bθ2−2|とする。この場合に、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|≧1.1を満たすようにする。また、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|≧1.15を満たすことが好ましく、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|≧1.30を満たすことがより好ましい。なお、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|は、大きくすればするほどキャリア付着発生の抑制効果が得られるが、現像剤搬送のバランスから10.0以上とするのは好ましくない。したがって、|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|<10.0を満たすことが好ましい。 From the above, it is preferable to adjust the relationship between the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second downstream developing pole 204, the half-width, and the angle θ between the peak positions with the second developing pole 203 so that |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1| is 1.10 or greater, more preferably 1.15 or greater, and even more preferably 1.30 or greater. That is, on the second sleeve 34, the absolute value of the magnitude at which the tangential component of the magnetic flux density between the second upstream developing pole 202 and the second upstream developing pole 202 reaches its maximum (peak) in the direction of rotation of the second sleeve 34 is defined as |Bθ2-1|. Furthermore, the absolute value of the magnitude at which the tangential component of the magnetic flux density between the second downstream developing pole 203 and the second downstream developing pole 204 reaches its maximum (peak) in the direction of rotation of the second sleeve 34 is defined as |Bθ2-2|. In this case, the relationship |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.1 should be satisfied. It is also preferable to satisfy |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.15, and it is even more preferable to satisfy |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.30. The larger |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1| is, the greater the effect of suppressing carrier adhesion, but it is not preferable for it to be 10.0 or more in terms of developer transport balance. Therefore, it is preferable to satisfy |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|<10.0.
続いて、図15(a)ないし図16(b)を用いて、実施例3及び比較例2について説明する。図15(a)は、実施例3に係る第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布を、図15(b)は、実施例3に係る第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布をそれぞれ示すグラフである。図16(a)は、比較例2に係る第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布を、図16(b)は、比較例2に係る第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布をそれぞれ示すグラフである。 Next, Example 3 and Comparative Example 2 will be described using Figures 15(a) to 16(b). Figure 15(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 3, and Figure 15(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 3. Figure 16(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Comparative Example 2, and Figure 16(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Comparative Example 2.
図15(a)、図16(a)には、第1磁石36による第1スリーブ33上における磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を実線で、磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を破線でそれぞれ概略的に示した。また、図15(b)、図16(b)には、第2磁石37による第2スリーブ34上における磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を実線で、磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を破線でそれぞれ概略的に示した。 In Figures 15(a) and 16(a), the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the first sleeve 33 due to the first magnet 36 is shown schematically by a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density is shown schematically by a dashed line. In Figures 15(b) and 16(b), the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the second sleeve 34 due to the second magnet 37 is shown schematically by a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density is shown schematically by a dashed line.
また、以下の表4には、表1同様に、実施例3、比較例2における、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の第1現像上流極104、第1現像極105、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と半値幅、第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104のピーク位置間の角度φ1、第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2の数値を示した。
図17には、第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度の違いを明確にするために、実施例1、実施例3、比較例2の磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を示した。また、図18には、実施例1、実施例3、比較例2の磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を示した。 In order to clarify the differences in magnetic flux density of the first developing roller 30, Figure 17 shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density for Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 2. Furthermore, Figure 18 shows the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density for Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 2.
以下の表5には、表2同様に、実施例3、比較例2における、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の第2現像上流極202、第2現像極203、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と半値幅、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2の数値を示した。なお、実施例3、比較例2の各第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37は、既に述べた実施例1と同一のものを使用しており、値はすべて同じである。
図15(a)、図16(a)には、第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布が示してある。 Figures 15(a) and 16(a) show the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30.
法線成分Brの第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104、第1現像下流極106との各ピーク位置間には、接線成分Bθのピーク(最大値)Bθ1−1、Bθ1−2がある。表3及び以下の表6の左側には、比較例1、2、実施例1、2、3の第1現像極105の上下流にある磁束密度の接線成分Bθの各ピークの絶対値|Bθ1−1|、|Bθ1−2|を示した。|Bθ1−1|は、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置から、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像極105の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置までの、第1スリーブ33の回転方向における区間における、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値である。また、|Bθ1−2|は、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像極105の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置から、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する法線方向における第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる第1スリーブ33の外周面上の位置までの、第1スリーブ33の回転方向における区間における、第1スリーブ33の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値である。表3及び表6には、さらに、下流側ピークの絶対値に対する上流側ピークの絶対値の比|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|も示した。先に述べた第2現像ローラ31における説明と同様の考え方から、この値が大きいほど、第1現像極105から伸びた磁力線のうち第1現像下流極106よりも第1現像上流極104に伸びる割合が多いといえる。表6の右側には、表3と同様に、実施例3、比較例2の第2現像極203の上下流にある磁束密度の接線成分Bθの各ピークの絶対値|Bθ2−1|、|Bθ2−2|と、上流側ピークの絶対値に対する下流側ピークの絶対値の比|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|も示した。
図15(a)、図17及び表4に示した実施例3の第1現像ローラ30は、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が実施例1(表1)よりも大きい。このため、スジ状のかぶりの発生の懸念が高まる。しかしながら、実施例3は、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも大きい構成は保たれているため、スジ状のかぶりの発生の抑制とキャリア付着の抑制の両立は、かろうじて図られる。 In the first developing roller 30 of Example 3 shown in Figures 15(a), 17, and Table 4, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is larger than in Example 1 (Table 1). This increases the concern about the occurrence of streak-like fogging. However, in Example 3, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 is maintained to be larger than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106, so it is possible to just barely achieve both the suppression of streak-like fogging and the suppression of carrier adhesion.
但し、発明者らの検討によれば、実施例3は実施例1と比較して実用上の影響は少ないが現像性がやや劣ることが分かった。これは、以下の理由によるものと考えられる。図18及び表6に示した実施例3の|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|は、1.00である。つまり、第1現像極105から第1現像上流極104に伸びる磁力線と第1現像下流極106に伸びる磁力線の割合がほぼ同じであることを意味する。 However, according to the inventors' investigations, it was found that Example 3 had slightly inferior developability compared to Example 1, although the practical impact was small. This is thought to be due to the following reason. The |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2| ratio for Example 3 shown in Figure 18 and Table 6 is 1.00. This means that the ratio of magnetic field lines extending from the first developing pole 105 to the first developing upstream pole 104 and the magnetic field lines extending to the first developing downstream pole 106 is approximately the same.
一方、図18及び表3に示した実施例1の|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|は、1.09である。これは、第1現像極105から第1現像上流極104に伸びる磁力線の割合が第1現像下流極106に伸びる磁力線の割合よりも多いことを意味する。この結果、実施例1の構成では、磁気穂が感光ドラム28Yの下流に向かって伸びることとなる。上述のように、磁気穂が下流に向くと、感光ドラム28Yに磁気穂が接する時間が長くなり、感光ドラム28Yへのトナー現像時間が増え、現像性に対しては有利というメリットがある。実施例3の構成ではこのメリットが得られなくなったため、実施例1よりも現像性が低下したと考えられる。 On the other hand, |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2| for Example 1 shown in Figure 18 and Table 3 is 1.09. This means that the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first developing pole 105 to the first developing upstream pole 104 is greater than the proportion of magnetic field lines extending to the first developing downstream pole 106. As a result, in the configuration of Example 1, the magnetic brush extends toward the downstream side of the photosensitive drum 28Y. As mentioned above, when the magnetic brush faces downstream, the time that the magnetic brush is in contact with the photosensitive drum 28Y increases, increasing the time for toner development on the photosensitive drum 28Y, which has the advantage of being beneficial to developability. This advantage is no longer available in the configuration of Example 3, and it is therefore believed that developability is inferior to that of Example 1.
図16(a)、図17及び表4に示した比較例2の第1現像ローラ30は、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が実施例1、実施例3よりもさらに大きい。このため、スジ状のかぶりの発生の懸念がさらに高まるが、実際に比較例2の構成で画像形成を行うと、スジ状のかぶりが発生する場合があった。比較例2の構成は、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも大きい構成は保たれていない。また、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|が100mTよりも大きい。このため、比較例2では、スジ状のかぶりの発生に至ったと考えられる。 In the first developing roller 30 of Comparative Example 2 shown in Figures 16(a), 17, and Table 4, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is even larger than in Examples 1 and 3. This further increases concerns about the occurrence of streaky fog, and when images are actually formed with the configuration of Comparative Example 2, streaky fog sometimes occurred. The configuration of Comparative Example 2 does not maintain a configuration in which the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing upstream pole 104 is larger than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106. Furthermore, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first developing downstream pole 106 is greater than 100 mT. This is thought to be why streaky fog occurred in Comparative Example 2.
また、比較例2の構成は、実施例1や実施例3と比較してキャリア付着は発生しにくかったが、現像性が低下していた。図18及び表6に示した比較例2の|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|は、0.96である。つまり、第1現像極105から第1現像上流極104に伸びる磁力線よりも第1現像下流極106に伸びる磁力線の割合が多いことを意味する。このため、磁気穂が感光ドラム28Yの上流に向かって伸びやすくなり、磁気穂が下流に向かって伸びることによる現像性のメリットが得られず、現像性が低下したと考えられる。 Furthermore, the configuration of Comparative Example 2 was less likely to cause carrier adhesion compared to Examples 1 and 3, but the developability was reduced. The |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2| ratio for Comparative Example 2 shown in Figure 18 and Table 6 is 0.96. This means that the proportion of magnetic field lines extending to the first downstream developing pole 106 is greater than the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first upstream developing pole 104 to the first downstream developing pole 105. This is thought to be why the magnetic chains tend to extend upstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y, preventing the developability benefits of the magnetic chains extending downstream, resulting in reduced developability.
以上から、第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度の接線成分Bθの第1現像極105の下流側ピークの絶対値に対する上流側ピークの絶対値の比|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|は、実施例3のように1.00以上とすることが好ましく、より好ましくは実施例1のように1.05以上とすることが好ましい。即ち、|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|≧1.0を満たすことが好ましく、|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|≧1.05を満たすことがより好ましい。但し、|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|は、大きくすればするほど効果が得られるが、現像搬送のバランスから10.0以上とするのは好ましくない。したがって、|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|<10.0を満たすことが好ましい。 From the above, the ratio |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|, which is the ratio of the absolute value of the upstream peak of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density of the first developing roller 30 to the absolute value of the downstream peak of the first developing pole 105, is preferably 1.00 or greater as in Example 3, and more preferably 1.05 or greater as in Example 1. That is, it is preferable to satisfy |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|≧1.0, and it is even more preferable to satisfy |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|≧1.05. However, while the greater the effect, the greater the increase in |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|, it is not preferable to set it to 10.0 or greater due to the balance of development and transport. Therefore, it is preferable to satisfy |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|<10.0.
続いて、図19(a)、(b)を用いて、実施例4について説明する。図19(a)は、実施例4に係る第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度分布を、図19(b)は、実施例4に係る第2現像ローラ31の磁束密度分布をそれぞれ示すグラフである。図19(a)には、第1磁石36による第1スリーブ33上における磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を実線で、磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を破線でそれぞれ概略的に示した。また、図19(b)には、第2磁石37による第2スリーブ34上における磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を実線で、磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を破線でそれぞれ概略的に示した。 Next, Example 4 will be described using Figures 19(a) and (b). Figure 19(a) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the first developing roller 30 according to Example 4, and Figure 19(b) is a graph showing the magnetic flux density distribution of the second developing roller 31 according to Example 4. Figure 19(a) schematically shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the first sleeve 33 due to the first magnet 36 using a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density using a dashed line. Figure 19(b) also schematically shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density on the second sleeve 34 due to the second magnet 37 using a solid line, and the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density using a dashed line.
また、以下の表7には、表1、表4と同様に、実施例4における、第1現像ローラ30の第1磁石36の第1現像上流極104、第1現像極105、第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と半値幅、第1現像極105と第1現像上流極104のピーク位置間の角度φ1、第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2の数値を示した。
図20には、第1現像ローラ30の磁束密度の違いを明確にするために、実施例1、実施例4の磁束密度の法線成分Brの分布を示した。また、図21には、実施例1、実施例4の磁束密度の接線成分Bθの分布を示した。 In order to clarify the difference in magnetic flux density of the first developing roller 30, Figure 20 shows the distribution of the normal component Br of the magnetic flux density in Examples 1 and 4. Furthermore, Figure 21 shows the distribution of the tangential component Bθ of the magnetic flux density in Examples 1 and 4.
以下の表8には、表2、表5と同様に、実施例4における、第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37の第2現像上流極202、第2現像極203、第2現像下流極204の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|と半値幅、第2現像極203と第2現像上流極202のピーク位置間の角度θ1、第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2の数値を示した。なお、実施例4の第2現像ローラ31の第2磁石37は、既に述べた実施例1や実施例3と同一のものを使用しており、値はすべて同じである。このため、実施例1や実施例3と同様にキャリア付着は発生しにくい。
以下の表9には、表3、表6と同様に、実施例4の第1現像極105の上下流にある磁束密度の接線成分Bθの各ピークの絶対値|Bθ1−1|、|Bθ1−2|と、下流側ピークの絶対値に対する上流側ピークの絶対値の比|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|を示した。表9には、実施例4の第2現像極203の上下流にある磁束密度の接線成分Bθの各ピークの絶対値|Bθ2−1|、|Bθ2−2|と、上流側ピークの絶対値に対する下流側ピークの絶対値の比|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|も示した。
図20及び表7に示したように、実施例4の構成は、実施例1と比較して第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2を小さくしている(表1と表7参照)。この時、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2は、第2現像ローラ31の第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2よりも小さい(θ2>φ2)。これにより、実施例4は、実施例1に比べて第1現像下流極106が第2現像上流極202から離れる方向に位置するため、両極間の磁界が弱まり、スジ状のかぶりの発生をより抑えることができるというメリットがある。 As shown in Figure 20 and Table 7, the configuration of Example 4 reduces the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 compared to Example 1 (see Tables 1 and 7). In this case, the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 is smaller than the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 of the second developing roller 31 (θ2 > φ2). As a result, in Example 4, the first developing downstream pole 106 is positioned away from the second developing upstream pole 202 compared to Example 1, which has the advantage of weakening the magnetic field between the two poles and further suppressing the occurrence of streaky fogging.
一方で、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2を小さくすると、第1現像極105から第1現像下流極106に磁力線が伸びやすくなる。このため、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2を小さくした場合、現像性の観点でデメリットになり得る。 On the other hand, if the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 is reduced, the magnetic field lines will be more likely to extend from the first developing pole 105 to the first developing downstream pole 106. For this reason, reducing the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 can be a disadvantage in terms of developability.
但し、図20や表7に示したように、実施例4の第1現像ローラ30は、第1現像上流極104の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|を第1現像下流極106の磁束密度の法線成分の絶対値|Br|よりも15mT以上大きくしている。このため、表9に示したように、実施例4の|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|が1.0以上となっており、第1現像極105から第1現像下流極106に伸びる磁力線よりも、第1現像極105から第1現像上流極104に伸びる磁力線の割合の方が多い状態が保たれている。このような構成とすることで、実施例4でも、磁気穂が感光ドラム28Y下流に向かって伸びることによる現像性のメリットを維持することができている。 However, as shown in Figure 20 and Table 7, in the first developing roller 30 of Example 4, the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream developing pole 104 is greater than the absolute value |Br| of the normal component of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream developing pole 106 by 15 mT or more. Therefore, as shown in Table 9, |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2| in Example 4 is 1.0 or greater, maintaining a state in which the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first developing pole 105 to the first upstream developing pole 104 is greater than the proportion of magnetic field lines extending from the first developing pole 105 to the first downstream developing pole 106. By adopting this configuration, Example 4 also maintains the developability benefits of the magnetic brush extending downstream of the photosensitive drum 28Y.
実施例4のように、第1現像ローラ30の第1現像極105と第1現像下流極106のピーク位置間の角度φ2を、第2現像ローラ31の第2現像極203と第2現像下流極204のピーク位置間の角度θ2よりも小さくしても、|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|を1.0以上にできていれば、キャリア付着の抑制とスジ状のかぶりの発生の抑制の両立に加え、現像性アップのメリットも得られる。
<他の実施形態>
As in Example 4, even if the angle φ2 between the peak positions of the first developing pole 105 and the first developing downstream pole 106 of the first developing roller 30 is made smaller than the angle θ2 between the peak positions of the second developing pole 203 and the second developing downstream pole 204 of the second developing roller 31, as long as |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2| is made 1.0 or greater, it is possible to suppress both carrier adhesion and the occurrence of streaky fogging, and also to obtain the benefit of improved developability.
<Other Embodiments>
本発明は、上述した各実施形態の構成に限定されるものではない。例えば、画像形成装置100は、MFPに限定されず、複写機、プリンタ、ファクシミリ装置であっても良い。また、現像剤供給スクリュー42や現像剤攪拌スクリュー43および現像剤回収スクリュー44の構成は、現像剤を搬送できれば特に限定されず、例えば、螺旋状の羽根やパドル状の羽根を適用することが可能である。 The present invention is not limited to the configurations of the above-described embodiments. For example, the image forming apparatus 100 is not limited to an MFP, but may also be a copier, printer, or facsimile machine. Furthermore, the configurations of the developer supply screw 42, developer stirring screw 43, and developer recovery screw 44 are not particularly limited as long as they are capable of transporting developer; for example, spiral blades or paddle-shaped blades can be applied.
また、上述の実施形態では、感光ドラム28Yの回転方向に対して、第1現像ローラ30が上流、第2現像ローラ31が下流に配置された場合について述べたが、第2現像ローラ31が上流、第1現像ローラ30が下流に配置された場合でも同様の効果が得られる。 Furthermore, in the above embodiment, the first developing roller 30 is positioned upstream and the second developing roller 31 is positioned downstream with respect to the rotation direction of the photosensitive drum 28Y, but the same effect can be obtained even if the second developing roller 31 is positioned upstream and the first developing roller 30 is positioned downstream.
本発明によれば、スジ状のかぶりの抑制とキャリア付着の抑制との両立を図れる現像装置が提供される。 The present invention provides a developing device that can simultaneously suppress streak-like fogging and carrier adhesion.
本発明は上記実施の形態に制限されるものではなく、本発明の精神及び範囲から離脱することなく、様々な変更及び変形が可能である。従って、本発明の範囲を公にするために以下の請求項を添付する。 The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications and variations are possible without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, the following claims are appended to clarify the scope of the present invention.
本願は、2024年07月03日提出の日本国特許出願特願2024−107390号及び2025年04月16日提出の日本国特許出願特願2025−067174号を基礎として優先権を主張するものであり、その記載内容の全てをここに援用する This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2024-107390, filed July 3, 2024, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2025-067174, filed April 16, 2025, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (43)
前記現像容器に収容された前記現像剤が供給される第1回転体であって、回転する像担持体に最も近接する前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記像担持体に形成された静電潜像を現像する第1現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第1回転体と、
前記第1回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第1マグネットであって、前記第1現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第1現像極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも上流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1上流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも下流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1下流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1下流極よりも下流且つ前記第1上流極よりも上流に配置された受渡極と、を有する第1マグネットと、
前記第1回転体に対向して配置され、且つ、前記第1マグネットが発生する磁界により前記第1回転体から前記現像剤が受け渡される第2回転体であって、前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記静電潜像を現像する第2現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第2回転体と、
前記第2回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第2マグネットであって、前記第2現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第2現像極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも上流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2上流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも下流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2下流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2下流極よりも下流且つ前記第2上流極よりも上流において前記受渡極に近接して配置され且つ前記受渡極とは異極である受取極と、を有する第2マグネットと、
を備え、
前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1上流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値は、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値よりも大きく、
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値は、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値よりも大きく、
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における角度をθ1[°]とし、
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における角度をθ2[°]とした場合に、
θ1>θ2
を満たす現像装置。 a developer container containing a developer containing toner and a carrier;
a first rotating body to which the developer contained in the developing container is supplied, the first rotating body rotating in the same direction as the rotating image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotating body closest to the image carrier, and carrying and transporting the developer to a first developing position where an electrostatic latent image formed on the image carrier is developed;
a first magnet disposed inside the first rotating body so as to be fixed and non-rotatable, the first magnet having: a first developing pole disposed facing the image carrier at the first developing position; a first upstream pole disposed adjacent to the first developing pole upstream of the first developing pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the first developing pole; a first downstream pole disposed adjacent to the first developing pole downstream of the first developing pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the first developing pole; and a delivery pole disposed downstream of the first downstream pole and upstream of the first upstream pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body;
a second rotating body that is disposed opposite the first rotating body and to which the developer is transferred from the first rotating body by a magnetic field generated by the first magnet, the second rotating body rotating in the same direction as the image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and that carries and transports the developer to a second developing position where the electrostatic latent image is developed;
a second magnet disposed inside the second rotating body so as to be fixed and non-rotatable, the second magnet having: a second developing pole disposed facing the image carrier at the second developing position; a second upstream pole disposed adjacent to the second developing pole upstream of the second developing pole in the rotational direction of the second rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the second developing pole; a second downstream pole disposed adjacent to the second developing pole downstream of the second developing pole in the rotational direction of the second rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the second developing pole; and a receiving pole disposed downstream of the second downstream pole and upstream of the second upstream pole in the rotational direction of the second rotating body and adjacent to the delivering pole and having a polarity opposite to that of the delivering pole;
Equipped with
a maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is greater than a maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor,
a maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is greater than a maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor,
an angle in the rotation direction of the second rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum is defined as θ1 [°];
When the angle in the rotation direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum is θ2 [°],
θ1>θ2
A developing device that meets these requirements.
を更に満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 2°≦θ1−θ2
2. The developing device according to claim 1, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 3°≦θ1−θ2
2. The developing device according to claim 1, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 θ2≧θ1/2
2. The developing device according to claim 1, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 15°≦θ2≦30°
2. The developing device according to claim 1, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 15°≦θ1≦35°
2. The developing device according to claim 1, further satisfying the following:
前記第2回転体が前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置よりも上流、且つ、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置よりも下流に在る請求項1に記載の現像装置。 With respect to the rotation direction of the second rotating body, the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body becomes maximum is
2. A developing device as described in claim 1, wherein the second rotating body is located upstream of the position on the outer surface of the second rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and downstream of the position on the outer surface of the second rotating body where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the direction normal to the outer surface of the second rotating body is maximum.
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値の最大値は、30mT以上200mT以下である請求項12に記載の現像装置。 a maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in a normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is 20 mT or more and 200 mT or less,
13. The developing device according to claim 12, wherein the maximum absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body is 30 mT or more and 200 mT or less.
前記第1回転体が前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置よりも上流、且つ、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置よりも下流に在る請求項1に記載の現像装置。 With respect to the rotation direction of the first rotating body, the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotating body at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotating body becomes maximum is
2. A developing device as described in claim 1, wherein the first rotating body is located upstream of the position on the outer surface of the first rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and downstream of the position on the outer surface of the first rotating body where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the direction normal to the outer surface of the first rotating body is maximum.
前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における角度をφ2[°]とした場合に、
φ1>φ2
を満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 an angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum is defined as φ1 [°];
When the angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is set to φ2 [°],
φ1>φ2
2. The developing device according to claim 1, wherein the above formula (1) is satisfied.
を更に満たす請求項19に記載の現像装置。 15°≦φ2≦40°
20. The developing device according to claim 19, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項19に記載の現像装置。 20°≦φ2≦35°
20. The developing device according to claim 19, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項19に記載の現像装置。 25°≦φ1≦50°
20. The developing device according to claim 19, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項19に記載の現像装置。 30°≦φ1≦45°
20. The developing device according to claim 19, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項19に記載の現像装置。 θ2>φ2
20. The developing device according to claim 19, further satisfying the following:
θ2>φ2
を満たす請求項1に記載の現像装置。 When the angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is set to φ2 [°],
θ2>φ2
2. The developing device according to claim 1, wherein the above formula (1) is satisfied.
前記現像容器に収容された前記現像剤が供給される第1回転体であって、回転する像担持体に最も近接する前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記像担持体に形成された静電潜像を現像する第1現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第1回転体と、
前記第1回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第1マグネットであって、前記第1現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第1現像極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも上流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1上流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1現像極よりも下流に前記第1現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第1現像極とは異極である第1下流極と、前記第1回転体の回転方向に関して前記第1下流極よりも下流且つ前記第1上流極よりも上流に配置された受渡極と、を有する第1マグネットと、
前記第1回転体に対向して配置され、且つ、前記第1マグネットが発生する磁界により前記第1回転体から前記現像剤が受け渡される第2回転体であって、前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置において前記像担持体と同方向に回転し、且つ、前記静電潜像を現像する第2現像位置に前記現像剤を担持搬送する第2回転体と、
前記第2回転体の内部に非回転に固定して配置された第2マグネットであって、前記第2現像位置において前記像担持体に対向して配置された第2現像極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも上流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2上流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2現像極よりも下流に前記第2現像極と隣り合って配置され且つ前記第2現像極とは異極である第2下流極と、前記第2回転体の回転方向に関して前記第2下流極よりも下流且つ前記第2上流極よりも上流において前記受渡極に近接して配置され且つ前記受渡極とは異極である受取極と、を有する第2マグネットと、
を備え、
前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ1−1|とし、
前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ1−2|とした場合に、
|Bθ1−1|/|Bθ1−2|≧1.0
を満たし、
且つ、
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ2−1|とし、
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における区間における、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する接線方向における磁束密度の絶対値の最大値を|Bθ2−2|とした場合に、
|Bθ2−2|/|Bθ2−1|≧1.1
を満たす現像装置。 a developer container containing a developer containing toner and a carrier;
a first rotating body to which the developer contained in the developing container is supplied, the first rotating body rotating in the same direction as the rotating image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotating body closest to the image carrier, and carrying and transporting the developer to a first developing position where an electrostatic latent image formed on the image carrier is developed;
a first magnet disposed inside the first rotating body so as to be fixed and non-rotatable, the first magnet having: a first developing pole disposed facing the image carrier at the first developing position; a first upstream pole disposed adjacent to the first developing pole upstream of the first developing pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the first developing pole; a first downstream pole disposed adjacent to the first developing pole downstream of the first developing pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the first developing pole; and a delivery pole disposed downstream of the first downstream pole and upstream of the first upstream pole in the rotational direction of the first rotating body;
a second rotating body that is disposed opposite the first rotating body and to which the developer is transferred from the first rotating body by a magnetic field generated by the first magnet, the second rotating body rotating in the same direction as the image carrier at a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and that carries and transports the developer to a second developing position where the electrostatic latent image is developed;
a second magnet disposed inside the second rotating body so as to be fixed and non-rotatable, the second magnet having: a second developing pole disposed facing the image carrier at the second developing position; a second upstream pole disposed adjacent to the second developing pole upstream of the second developing pole in the rotational direction of the second rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the second developing pole; a second downstream pole disposed adjacent to the second developing pole downstream of the second developing pole in the rotational direction of the second rotating body and having a polarity opposite to that of the second developing pole; and a receiving pole disposed downstream of the second downstream pole and upstream of the second upstream pole in the rotational direction of the second rotating body and adjacent to the delivering pole and having a polarity opposite to that of the delivering pole;
Equipped with
|Bθ1-1| is the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor in a section in the rotation direction of the first rotor from a position on the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor,
When the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor in a section in the rotation direction of the first rotor from a position on the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the first rotor is maximum is defined as |Bθ1-2|,
|Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|≧1.0
Fulfilling
and,
|Bθ2-1| is the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor in a section in the rotation direction of the second rotor from a position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor is maximum to a position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotor,
When the maximum value of the absolute value of the magnetic flux density in the tangential direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body in a section in the rotation direction of the second rotating body from a position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body is maximum to a position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body is maximum is defined as |Bθ2-2|,
|Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.1
A developing device that meets these requirements.
を更に満たす請求項29に記載の現像装置。 |Bθ1-1|/|Bθ1-2|≧1.05
30. The development device of claim 29, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項29に記載の現像装置。 |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.15
30. The development device of claim 29, further satisfying the following:
を更に満たす請求項29に記載の現像装置。 |Bθ2-2|/|Bθ2-1|≧1.30
30. The development device of claim 29, further satisfying the following:
前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第2回転体の回転方向における角度をθ2[°]とした場合に、
θ1>θ2
を満たす請求項29に記載の現像装置。 an angle in the rotation direction of the second rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum is defined as θ1 [°];
When the angle in the rotation direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum is θ2 [°],
θ1>θ2
30. The developing device according to claim 29, wherein the above formula satisfies the above formula.
前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における角度をφ2[°]とした場合に、
φ1>φ2
を満たす請求項33に記載の現像装置。 an angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum is defined as φ1 [°];
When the angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is set to φ2 [°],
φ1>φ2
34. The developing device according to claim 33, wherein the above formula satisfies the above formula.
前記第2回転体が前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置よりも上流、且つ、前記第2回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第2上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第2回転体の外周面上の位置よりも下流に在る請求項29に記載の現像装置。 With respect to the rotation direction of the second rotating body, the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotating body becomes maximum is
30. A developing device as described in claim 29, wherein the second rotating body is located upstream of the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and downstream of the position on the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating body is maximum.
前記第1回転体が前記像担持体に最も近接する前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置よりも上流、且つ、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1上流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置よりも下流に在る請求項29に記載の現像装置。 With respect to the rotation direction of the first rotating body, the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotating body at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotating body becomes maximum is
A developing device as described in claim 29, wherein the first rotating body is located upstream of the position on the outer surface of the first rotating body that is closest to the image carrier, and downstream of the position on the outer surface of the first rotating body where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the direction normal to the outer surface of the first rotating body is maximum.
前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1現像極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置から、前記第1回転体の外周面に対する法線方向における前記第1下流極の磁束密度の絶対値が最大となる前記第1回転体の外周面上の位置までの、前記第1回転体の回転方向における角度をφ2[°]とした場合に、
φ1>φ2
を満たす請求項29に記載の現像装置。 an angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first upstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to a position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor at which the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum is defined as φ1 [°];
When the angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first development pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is set to φ2 [°],
φ1>φ2
30. The developing device according to claim 29, wherein the above formula satisfies the above formula.
θ2>φ2
を満たす請求項29に記載の現像装置。 When the angle in the rotation direction of the second rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the second downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the second rotor is maximum is defined as θ2 [°], and the angle in the rotation direction of the first rotor from the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first developing pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum to the position on the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor where the absolute value of the magnetic flux density of the first downstream pole in the normal direction to the outer circumferential surface of the first rotor is maximum,
θ2>φ2
30. The developing device according to claim 29, wherein the above formula satisfies the above formula.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2024107390 | 2024-07-03 | ||
| JP2024-107390 | 2024-07-03 | ||
| JP2025-067174 | 2025-04-16 | ||
| JP2025067174A JP2026008732A (en) | 2024-07-03 | 2025-04-16 | Developing device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2026009992A1 true WO2026009992A1 (en) | 2026-01-08 |
Family
ID=98318323
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2025/080099 Pending WO2026009992A1 (en) | 2024-07-03 | 2025-06-24 | Development device |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2026009992A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2013130781A (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-07-04 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Development device and image forming apparatus using the same |
| JP2014211485A (en) * | 2013-04-17 | 2014-11-13 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Developing apparatus and image forming apparatus |
| JP2017026937A (en) * | 2015-07-27 | 2017-02-02 | キヤノン株式会社 | Development device |
| JP2018004814A (en) * | 2016-06-29 | 2018-01-11 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Developing device and image forming apparatus |
-
2025
- 2025-06-24 WO PCT/JP2025/080099 patent/WO2026009992A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2013130781A (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-07-04 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Development device and image forming apparatus using the same |
| JP2014211485A (en) * | 2013-04-17 | 2014-11-13 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Developing apparatus and image forming apparatus |
| JP2017026937A (en) * | 2015-07-27 | 2017-02-02 | キヤノン株式会社 | Development device |
| JP2018004814A (en) * | 2016-06-29 | 2018-01-11 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Developing device and image forming apparatus |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP2015184424A (en) | Developing apparatus and image forming apparatus | |
| US10372068B2 (en) | Development device | |
| JP2025100797A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2025074867A (en) | Developing device | |
| US11852989B2 (en) | Developing device | |
| WO2026009992A1 (en) | Development device | |
| JP2026008732A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP5252267B2 (en) | Developing device and image forming apparatus | |
| JP5996016B2 (en) | Developing device and image forming apparatus including the developing device | |
| JP2013037196A (en) | Developing apparatus and image forming device including the same | |
| JP2023109501A (en) | developing device | |
| JP2025042977A (en) | Developing device | |
| WO2026009993A1 (en) | Development apparatus | |
| JP2026008733A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2025074868A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP7147036B2 (en) | developing device | |
| JP2025074951A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2025062431A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2024114620A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2025158863A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2024114619A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2025035805A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2007279330A (en) | Developing device, image forming device, carrier used in these, toner | |
| JP2024152199A (en) | Developing device | |
| JP2001034066A (en) | Image forming apparatus and developing apparatus |